Northern Trust Annual Report 2012

Plain-text annual report

2012 A N N U A L R E P O R T TO SHAREHOLDERS Northern Trust Corporation C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L H I G H L I G H T S 2012 2011 PERCENT CHANGE FOR THE YEAR ($ IN MILLIONS) Revenues (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) Net Income Dividends Declared on Common Stock PER COMMON SHARE Net Income — Basic — Diluted Dividends Declared Book Value — End of Period Market Price — End of Period AVERAGES ($ IN MILLIONS) Assets Earning Assets Securities Loans and Leases Deposits Stockholders’ Equity AT YEAR-END ($ IN MILLIONS) Assets Earning Assets Securities Loans and Leases Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases Deposits Stockholders’ Equity RATIOS Return on Average Common Equity Return on Average Assets Dividend Payout Ratio Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Tier 1 Leverage Ratio AT YEAR-END ($ IN BILLIONS) Assets Under Management Assets Under Custody Global Custody Assets 3 % 14 5 14 % 14 5 7 26 1 % 2 17 2 4 5 (3) % (4) — 2 1 (2) 6 $ 3,936.9 $ 3,810.1 687.3 286.9 603.6 273.4 $ 2.82 $ 2.47 2.81 1.18 31.51 50.16 2.47 1.12 29.53 39.66 $ 92,975.5 $ 91,947.9 84,168.5 30,893.8 28,975.7 75,219.8 7,358.2 82,748.8 26,406.4 28,346.7 72,446.4 7,024.2 $ 97,463.8 100,223.7 $ 87,472.7 31,033.5 29,504.5 (297.9) 81,407.8 7,527.0 90,793.6 30,999.7 29,063.9 (294.8) 82,677.5 7,117.3 9.34 % 8.59 % 0.74 42.0 12.8 14.3 8.2 0.66 45.4 12.5 14.2 7.3 $ 758.9 $ 662.9 4,804.9 2,686.1 4,262.8 2,358.7 14 % 13 14 N O R T H E R N T R U S T A L E A D I N G P R O V I D E R Northern Trust Corporation is a leading provider of asset servicing, fund administration, asset management, fiduciary, and banking solutions for corporations, institutions, families, and individuals worldwide. A financial holding company headquartered in Chicago, Northern Trust serves clients in more than 40 countries from offices in 18 U.S. states, Washington, D.C., and 16 international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia-Pacific region. As of December 31, 2012, Northern Trust had assets under custody of $4.8 trillion, assets under management of $758.9 billion, and banking assets of $97.5 billion. Founded in 1889, Northern Trust has earned distinction as an industry leader combining exceptional service and expertise with innovative capabilities and technology. Frederick H. Waddell chairman and chief executive officer William L. Morrison president and chief operating officer T O O U R S H A R E H O L D E R S For Northern Trust, 2012 was another solid year or 7 percent – decline in other revenue, marked by continued growth in our client base, including foreign exchange trading and net expansion of our global capabilities, and rising interest income. As a result, our total revenue in partner engagement in driving company 2012 advanced only 3 percent. As discussed in performance. We generated our results, bolstered previous years, these revenue pressures are a by strong core trust fee growth, in a difﬁ cult product of the economic environment and are operating environment of persistent low interest expected to persist for several more years. rates and increased regulatory pressures. Throughout the year, we focused on meeting our clients’ needs and on improving the OUR FIN AN CIAL PE RFORMAN CE proﬁ tability and returns of our business. Our Our net income rose 14 percent from 2011 return on equity improved to 9.3 percent from to $687.3 million, driven by modestly higher 8.6 percent in 2011, and capital actions – revenue and well-controlled expenses. I am including increasing the quarterly dividend to pleased to report trust, investment, and other $0.30 per share and repurchasing 3.5 million servicing fees, our largest revenue source, rose common shares – returned nearly $450 million $236 million, or 11 percent, to $2.4 billion as to our shareholders. we gained new clients and more business from Northern Trust’s balance sheet has long been, existing clients. This outstanding performance, and continues to be, a source of client comfort however, was signiﬁ cantly offset by a $109 million – and ﬁ nancial ﬂ exibility for our businesses. On 2 | 2 0 12 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N T O O U R S H A R E H O L D E R S the asset side, our loan, securities, and liquidity economy likely will persist for several more years. portfolios remain high quality. Likewise, Loan demand remains weak. Investors remain deposits have been stable as we continue to hesitant to commit to longer-term investments attract new clients who value the soundness of because of uncertainty around continuing our balance sheet. European problems, slowing emerging market economies, and U.S. regulatory, fiscal, monetary, GR OWING O UR CL IENT BASE and political challenges. While the U.S. Northern Trust’s greatest strength is our clients, and government avoided the January 1 “fiscal cliff,” 2012 was a record year for building our business. significant structural fiscal problems remain and Our wealth management business had a may slow U.S. growth. Against this uncertain particularly strong year. Personal assets under backdrop, the Federal Reserve announced its custody increased by 16 percent to $446 billion commitment to a low interest-rate policy for and assets under management rose by 14 percent some time to come. to $198 billion. Client satisfaction and confidence in our expertise remain high, leading to DRIVI NG PERFORMANCE Northern Trust being named Best Private Bank In light of these continued challenges in our in the United States by the Financial Times operating environment and resultant revenue Group for the fourth consecutive year. headwinds, we took steps to improve our In our institutional business, record levels of productivity. At the conclusion of 2011, we new business boosted our assets under custody instituted a new corporate-wide philosophy by 12 percent to $4.4 trillion and assets under called Driving Performance, aimed at management by 15 percent to $561 billion. We delivering greater value to our clients, also experienced robust growth in our hedge shareholders, and partners by improving fund services business. Prominent among our profitability. As part of this effort, we this success is a new relationship with global committed to increasing our pre-tax income hedge fund manager Bridgewater Associates, by $250 million by the end of 2013, with at announced in January 2013. least half of that achieved in 2012. I am proud to say we exceeded our 2012 goal, with the CHALLENGI NG ENVIRONMENT benefit of our efforts split roughly 40 percent/ Our industry’s macroeconomic operating 60 percent between revenue and expense environment continues to be challenging, and items, and I am confident we will reach deleveraging in many sectors of the global our $250 million target in 2013. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 3 T O O U R S H A R E H O L D E R S Driving Performance is helping 12 and ﬁ ve years, respectively, of service to our Northern Trust fundamentally improve our company. Both Bob and Enrique represented productivity and proﬁ tability while enhancing Northern Trust with distinction, integrity, and our capacity to invest in growth in the coming expertise. We will miss their many contributions years. Again, I am proud of our early results and to our success. believe our efforts have created a strong In October, we announced the election of foundation for continued success. Jose Luis Prado, President of Quaker Oats North America, a division of PepsiCo, to our board. S TRON G LEA DERSH IP AND Jose Luis’ global experience and marketing DE DIC ATED EMPLOYEES expertise already have proven valuable. We announced several changes to our And ﬁ nally, let me extend a special word of leadership team in 2012, attracting new talent thanks to our 14,000-plus partners around the and transitioning existing leaders into new roles. globe who make Northern Trust a world-class Prominent leadership changes included naming institution. Our 2012 employee engagement Biff Bowman as head of Human Resources and a survey garnered a best-in-class response rate. member of our Management Group and appointing Our partners are invested in driving Northern Tim Moen as Chief Administrative Ofﬁ cer. Trust’s performance even higher, and our people After 22 years with Northern Trust, Vice continue to be the key to our success. Chairman Sherry Barrat retired in 2012. Her Northern Trust is a special place not only distinguished career with Northern Trust began in for our clients who entrust their ﬁ nancial futures Florida, took her to California, and eventually to to us every day, but also for our Northern Trust Chicago, where she ran our wealth management partners and shareholders. Thank you for your business. We thank Sherry for her many years of support and conﬁ dence as we continue working to service to clients and partners alike. generate long-term value for all our stakeholders. Our board of directors provides valuable leadership, insights, and experience to our Frederick H. Waddell management team. In April, Robert C. McCormack chairman and chief executive officer and Enrique J. Sosa retired from the board after february 26, 2013 4 | 2 0 12 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N C O N S I S T E N T L E A D E R S H I P Top 50 Safest Global Banks — Global Finance One of the “World’s Most Admired Companies” — Fortune Best Private Bank in United States — Financial Times Group United Kingdom’s Top 50 Employers for Women — The Times Best Client Servicing in Asia-Pacific Region — Asia Asset Management Hedge Fund Administrator of the Year – Americas — Custody Risk Best Private Bank for Socially Responsible Investing — Financial Times Group Top 10 Wealth Managers — Barron’s N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 5 A S S E T S E R V I C I N G Throughout 2012, Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS) focused on driving execution, providing insight and value for clients, completing the integration of key acquisitions, and offering innovative products. We made progress across all these fronts amidst the backdrop of a challenging macroeconomic environment. One example of this success was our attaining a record level of new business, as reflected by 12 percent growth in our assets under custody, which rose to $4.4 trillion from $3.9 trillion in 2011. Trust, investment, and other servicing fees grew a strong 12 percent in 2012, better than the 2 percent growth achieved in 2011. Overall fee growth reflected an influx of new business and the rising global equity markets. These broad-based inflows offset the adverse impact of persistently low interest rates that pressured margins, and lower currency market volatility that contributed to a 39 percent decline in foreign exchange trading income. BUILDING OUR CLIENT BASE During the year, we worked to win new clients, finish the onboarding of others, and complete the integration of our 2011 Bank of Ireland Securities Services and Omnium LLC acquisitions. Notably, we announced a new relationship to provide independent replication of middle- and back-office services to Bridgewater Associates, one of the world’s largest hedge fund managers, for its $140 billion in assets under management. This innovative relationship with Bridgewater Associates, which we expect to implement in 2014, represents a new industry paradigm. It creates independent controls and a new level of review and checks by two independent administrators, features we believe other investors will demand in the future. We also continued our impressive growth in Australia, including completion of a complex onboarding process for the Queensland Investment Corporation and the conversion of the Commonwealth Superannuation Corporation – one 6 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N A S S E T S E R V I C I N G of our largest superannuation fund clients – whose AU$24 billion in assets place it among the largest funds in Australia. Our Hedge Fund Services group, created in 2011, experienced robust growth, doubling the number of clients by the end of 2012. We now serve many of the world’s largest sovereign wealth funds as well as numerous U.S.-based hedge funds, in addition to managers in Ireland, the Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands, Scandinavia, and the Asia-Pacific region. During 2012, we also provided new and established clients with risk-related data required under evolving global regulatory changes. Whether in support of private and public retirement funds around the globe, insurance companies grappling with Solvency II, asset managers facing a variety of regulatory changes, or other institutional clients, Northern Trust’s global operating platform provided flexible data management capabilities for portfolio and risk information. We will continue our efforts to earn the confidence of similar global clients who value our industry-leading technology and access to our high-quality, transparent middle- and back-office services. DRIVIN G PE RFORMANCE By supporting Driving Performance, we also delivered greater value to our clients and shareholders. For example, we worked with clients globally to better understand the services they most value. We evaluated the most cost-effective ways and locations to provide certain services and operations around the clock, spreading work more broadly across Asia and Europe. We also worked to significantly enhance our fund administration operations in Limerick, Ireland. Thanks to the exceptional efforts of our partners and support from clients throughout the world, we executed our strategy well in 2012, increasing our productivity and deploying capital efficiently. As we enter 2013, our C&IS business remains focused and committed to outstanding service, expertise, and integrity. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 7 A S S E T M A N A G E M E N T Throughout a year marked by uncertain economic and regulatory conditions, our asset management clients – corporations, institutions, high-net-worth individuals, and family offices – relied on us not only to listen to their specific concerns but also provide solutions tailored to their needs. Northern Trust Global Investments responded with innovative active, quantitative, and multi-manager solutions and investment advice designed to help clients navigate their decision-making day to day and in the future. These efforts encouraged our clients to confidently entrust us with their assets, resulting in a 14 percent increase in total assets under management (AUM), which reached $758.9 billion at year-end. BUILDING OUR CLIENT BASE Our operational excellence and client-centric focus helped us create new products and approaches that produced strong current investment returns. In particular, we saw success in tactical asset allocation solutions through scalable products. These include our target date funds and investment program outsourced solutions. In particular, our Northern Global Tactical Asset Allocation Fund (BBALX) registered strong annual returns for 2012. Building on our successful 2011 launch, we added six new FlexShares exchange traded funds (ETFs), bringing our total to 10 funds. By year-end, FlexShares’ AUM had risen to nearly $2.3 billion, with $1.6 billion originating from FlexShares Morningstar Global Upstream Natural Resources Index Fund and FlexShares iBoxx 3-Year Target Duration TIPS Index Fund, our two largest, fastest-growing funds. We also introduced a suite of dividend-focused equity index funds – the first ETFs based on proprietary Northern Trust indexes – to help investors achieve their income needs and still participate in capital growth through the equity market. To help clients achieve diversified portfolios during the continued low interest-rate environment, our Alternatives Group added two new private equity funds-of-funds to its product roster. In addition, our new single-strategy hedge 8 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N A S S E T M A N A G E M E N T fund-of-funds and our infrastructure and natural resource fund give clients access to investment return patterns uncorrelated to traditional listed equity and fixed-income returns. In the defined contribution arena, business grew as we focused on efficient, reliable, low-cost products that incorporate our expert asset allocation skills. Our team also played a leading role in advising clients on their defined contribution program design and best practices. As a result, defined contribution AUM approached $80 billion in 2012, up 22 percent from 2011. Internationally, we expanded our Hong Kong portfolio management and trading activity teams and recruited new talent in the Asia-Pacific region. Across Europe and the Middle East, our business development activity resulted in significant client wins, efforts that helped boost non-U.S. client AUM to more than $120 billion, up more than 16 percent from 2011. As an indication of our strong market presence and expertise, we now manage assets for many of the top sovereign wealth funds. DRIVIN G PE RFORMANCE While successfully supporting clients with their liquidity, income generation, and capital appreciation needs, we also improved our productivity under Driving Performance. Our new direct distribution team helped us expand coverage in the institutional market. We also realigned our sales and servicing resources to improve new business productivity, consolidated and streamlined fund structures, and helped implement simplified pricing. All these efforts promise even more efficiency as we move through 2013. Our investment professionals are committed to evolving our role as a trusted advisor and solution provider for our clients. We will continue aligning our efforts around clients who seek to manage volatility and risk, achieve yield, and invest with purpose, providing thoughtful advice and innovative solutions to meet their investment goals. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 9 W E A L T H M A N A G E M E N T By focusing squarely on Northern Trust’s greatest strength – providing exceptional service to our clients – while streamlining our processes and enhancing our capabilities, the Personal Financial Services (PFS) business grew significantly in 2012. At year-end, personal client assets under custody totaled $446.3 billion, up 16 percent from $385.2 billion in 2011, while personal client assets under management grew 14 percent to $197.7 billion. BUILDING OUR CLIENT BASE Our three-pronged approach in 2012 aimed specifically at incorporating new technology, developing growth markets, and augmenting our expert advisory talent. These investments in our business address trends caused by shifts in demographics, increasingly complex client expectations, and intensified competition. We optimized our technology to better assist clients. A key development for our clients and their advisors was the introduction of a new tool to facilitate collaborative conversations that identify life goals and risk preferences. The tool also enables the matching of assets with a client’s unique goals to provide more confidence in meeting those goals. We fully converted clients to Private Passport®, our online service that allows clients to view all their financial accounts in one place, manage and move money easily, and access their financial reports electronically anywhere and everywhere. We also added a convenient mobile smart phone banking application, initiated an iPad®-based paperless client presentation capability, and unveiled a comprehensive new tool designed to better document, assess, and respond to prospective client needs. All of these tools make it easier and more efficient for clients to access the information, services, and expertise they regularly use. By keeping a keen watch on our clients’ needs, we cultivated growth in the most promising markets, investing more in Washington, D.C., increasing activity 1 0 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N W E A L T H M A N A G E M E N T in Delaware, updating offices in California and Arizona, as well as making key hires in Texas to open a new Fort Worth location. Our Global Family Office division’s deep experience in the ultra-high-net-worth market helped us continue investing in our ability to serve the approximately 400 ultra-wealthy individuals, families, and family offices in 25 countries who rely on us for wealth management. We also hired expert partners to provide targeted investment, planning, tax, fiduciary, and advisory services to all our clients. DRIVIN G PE RFORMANCE Managing the business with a focus on Driving Performance helped us identify where we could increase operating efficiency while simultaneously creating greater value for our clients and shareholders. In addition to the introduction of a more transparent and simplified fee methodology, we enhanced our advisory services, streamlined our management structure, and optimized our office network by closing under-utilized locations. In 2012, PFS expenses declined 3 percent while trust, investment, and other servicing fees – our largest revenue component – grew 10 percent. As the year came to a close, our leadership devised a target operating model and identified related technology capital outlays. These efforts helped pinpoint investment in capability and tool development that will provide considerable value for clients and partners in 2013 and beyond. During 2012, we again successfully navigated the persistent headwinds arising from the economic and financial environment. We expect 2013 to present us with similar challenges and are prepared to take them on as they arise. Regardless of the environment, we will continue to showcase our thought leadership and client-oriented approach by providing clients with the exceptional service and trusted advice they expect from Northern Trust now and in the future. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 11 G L O B A L C I T I Z E N S H I P COMMUNITY & PH ILA NTHROPY Community involvement remains a deeply rooted part of Northern Trust’s culture of caring. In 2012, our corporate philanthropy program awarded approximately $15 million in cash contributions to charities worldwide, focusing on enriching neighborhoods, preserving the environment, enhancing education, and sharing in the arts. Northern Trust partners volunteered nearly 200,000 hours to charitable causes around the globe. In addition, United Way of Metropolitan Chicago recognized us as the top corporate citizen for the more than $3 million Northern Trust and our partners contributed to its 2012-13 campaign. Partners outside Chicago raised more than $500,000 for regional United Way entities. In response to Hurricane Sandy’s devastation, Northern Trust and our partners gave a total of $211,000 to American Red Cross disaster relief efforts. We continued supporting international organizations, including the Lord Mayor of London’s Appeal (United Kingdom); the Association of People with Disability (India); Volunteer Ireland (Ireland); Box of Hope (China); and Ardoch Youth Foundation (Australia). Northern Trust remains fully committed to promoting community development and revitalization. Our U.S. banking subsidiary maintained an “Outstanding” Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rating from regulatory agencies. Our efforts provided more than $59.5 million in affordable mortgage loans in 2012 and approximately $84.1 million in community development loans. For the year, completed CRA investments totaled $72.8 million. CORP ORATE SOCIA L RES PONSI BI L ITY Northern Trust is focused on integrating our Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) practice into our corporate strategy and won recognition again in 2012 as best-in-class for the financial services industry. For the second consecutive year, we were included in the World and North America Dow Jones Sustainability IndexesSM and were listed in their 2012 1 2 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N G L O B A L C I T I Z E N S H I P annual yearbook as a financial services Sustainability Leader. The FTSE4Good Index included Northern Trust for the sixth straight year, making us one of just 13 U.S. financial firms in that index. GS SUSTAIN ranked our CSR practice 16th out of 50 banks globally. In addition, Sustainalytics rated us third of 158 financial services firms globally for our CSR efforts, and the Global Reporting Initiative ranked our annual CSR report highly among the North American financial services industry. By incorporating research, ratings, and screening tools from leading provider MSCI, we further enhanced our range of solutions for institutional investors seeking socially responsible, customizable investment options. We are proud of this recognition and are committed to working hard to be the best possible corporate citizen and steward of our environment now and in the future. DIVERS ITY & IN CLU SION At Northern Trust, our ongoing business success arises partly from our commitment to diversity and inclusion. In 2012, we deepened our understanding of regional differences through an assessment in Asia Pacific that identified ways to address partners’ professional interests and career goals. A proprietary series of programs helped our diversity and affinity groups cultivate leadership abilities. To recognize our military members and families, we formed a Military Assistance and Appreciation Resource Council, our 10th affinity group. We also participated in the United Nations Alliance of Civilizations campaign celebrating World Day for Cultural Diversity and in a U.S. State Department program on diversity, inclusion, and foreign policy. We continued to be recognized for our efforts. Northern Trust was named to the United Kingdom’s Top 50 Employers for Women by The Times of London and ranked again among Diversity MBA Magazine’s 50 Out Front for Diversity Leadership: Best Places for Diverse Managers to Work. We are proud of these efforts and the recognition they bring to Northern Trust and our partners worldwide. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 13 M A N A G E M E N T G R O U P standing Stephen N. Potter president northern trust global investments seated Jana R. Schreuder president personal financial services William L. Morrison president and chief operating officer Frederick H. Waddell chairman and chief executive officer S. Biff Bowman executive vice president head of human resources Timothy P. Moen executive vice president chief administrative officer Joyce M. St.Clair president operations & technology Steven L. Fradkin president corporate & institutional services Michael G. O’Grady executive vice president chief financial officer Jeffrey D. Cohodes executive vice president chief risk officer Kelly R. Welsh executive vice president general counsel 1 4 | 2 0 12 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S Frederick H. Waddell Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company (6) Linda Walker Bynoe President and Chief Executive Officer Telemat Ltd. Project management and consulting firm (1, 2, 6) Nicholas D. Chabraja Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer General Dynamics Corporation Worldwide defense, aerospace, and other technology products manufacturer (1, 4, 6) Susan Crown Vice President Henry Crown and Company Worldwide company with diversified manufacturing operations, real estate, and securities; Chief Executive Officer Owl Creek Partners, LLP Venture capital investment vehicle; Chairman and Founder Susan Crown Exchange Inc. (SCE) Nonprofit foundation focused on 21st century skill-building (4, 5) st century Dipak C. Jain Dean (Until March 1, 2013); Former Dean and Marketing Professor (Effective March 1, 2013) INSEAD Educational institution (3, 4, 6) Robert W. Lane Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Deere & Company Worldwide provider of agricultural, construction, and forestry equipment, and financial services (1, 5) Edward J. Mooney Retired Délégué Général — North America Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux Worldwide provider of energy, water, waste, and communications services; Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Nalco Chemical Company Manufacturer of specialized service chemicals (1, 2, 4, 6) Jose Luis Prado President Quaker Foods North America Division of PepsiCo, Inc., a global food and beverage company (2, 3) John W. Rowe Chairman Emeritus Exelon Corporation Producer and wholesale marketer of energy (4, 5, 6) Martin P. Slark Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Molex Incorporated Manufacturer of electronic, electrical, and fiber optic interconnection products and systems (2, 3) David H.B. Smith Jr. Executive Vice President — Policy & Legal Affairs and General Counsel Mutual Fund Directors Forum Nonprofit membership organization for investment company directors (1, 2) Charles A. Tribbett III Managing Director Russell Reynolds Associates Worldwide executive recruiting firm (3, 5) advisory director Sir John R.H. Bond Chairman Xstrata plc Global diversified mining group (2*, 3*) *In an advisory capacity board committees 1. Audit Committee 2. Business Risk Committee 3. Business Strategy Committee 4. Compensation and Benefits Committee 5. Corporate Governance Committee 6. Executive Committee N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 15 N O R T H E R N T R U S T . C O M F I N A N C I A L R E V I E W 18 Consolidated Highlights of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 19 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 62 Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 63 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with Respect to Internal Control over Financial Reporting 64 Consolidated Financial Statements 68 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 123 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 124 Consolidated Financial Statistics 128 Senior Officers 127 Board of Directors 129 Corporate Information S U M M A R Y O F S E L E C T E D C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L D A T A ($ In Millions Except Per Share Information) 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 C O N S O L I D A T E D H I G H L I G H T S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, Noninterest Income Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Treasury Management Fees Security Commissions and Trading Income Gain on Visa Share Redemption Other Operating Income Investment Security Gains (Losses), net $ 2,405.5 206.1 67.4 73.6 – 154.9 (1.7) Total Noninterest Income Net Interest Income Total Revenue Provision for Credit Losses Income before Noninterest Expense Noninterest Expense Compensation Employee Benefits Outside Services Equipment and Software Occupancy Visa Indemnification Benefits Other Operating Expense Total Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes Provision for Income Taxes Net Income Net Income Applicable to Common Stock $ $ 2,905.8 990.3 3,896.1 25.0 3,871.1 1,267.4 258.2 529.2 366.7 174.4 – 282.9 2,878.8 992.3 305.0 687.3 687.3 $ 2,169.5 324.5 72.1 60.5 – 158.1 (23.9) 2,760.8 1,009.1 3,769.9 55.0 3,714.9 1,267.2 258.2 552.8 328.1 180.9 (23.1) 267.1 2,831.2 883.7 280.1 603.6 603.6 $ $ $ 2,081.9 382.2 78.1 60.9 – 146.3 (20.4) 2,729.0 918.7 3,647.7 160.0 3,487.7 1,108.0 237.6 460.4 287.1 167.8 (33.0) 270.0 2,497.9 989.8 320.3 669.5 669.5 $ $ Average Total Assets PER COMMON SHARE Net Income – Basic – Diluted Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share Book Value – End of Period (EOP) Market Price – EOP AT YEAR END Senior Notes Long-Term Debt Floating Rate Capital Debt RATIOS Return on Average Common Equity Return on Average Assets Dividend Payout Ratio Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets – EOP Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets – EOP Tier 1 Leverage Ratio Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets $92,975.5 $91,947.9 $76,008.2 $ 2.82 2.81 1.18 31.51 50.16 $ 2,405.8 1,421.6 277.0 9.34% 0.74 42.0 12.8 14.3 8.2 7.9 $ 2.47 2.47 1.12 29.53 39.66 $ 2,126.7 2,133.3 276.9 8.59% 0.66 45.4 12.5 14.2 7.3 7.6 $ 2.74 2.74 1.12 28.19 55.41 $ 1,896.1 2,729.3 276.9 10.09% 0.88 40.8 13.6 15.6 8.8 8.7 $ 2,083.8 445.7 81.8 62.4 – 136.8 (23.4) 2,787.1 999.8 3,786.9 215.0 3,571.9 1,099.7 242.1 424.5 261.1 170.8 (17.8) 136.3 2,316.7 1,255.2 391.0 $ $ 864.2 753.1 $74,314.2 $ 3.18 3.16 1.12 26.12 52.40 $ 1,551.8 2,837.8 276.8 $ 2,134.9 616.2 72.8 77.0 167.9 186.9 (56.3) 3,199.4 1,079.1 4,278.5 115.0 4,163.5 1,133.1 223.4 413.8 241.2 166.1 (76.1) 786.3 2,887.8 1,275.7 480.9 $ $ 794.8 782.8 $73,028.5 $ 3.51 3.47 1.12 21.89 52.14 $ 1,052.6 3,293.4 276.7 12.73% 1.16 35.2 13.4 15.8 8.8 8.9 15.98% 1.09 32.0 13.1 15.4 8.5 7.0 18 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S B U S I N E S S O V E R V I E W for families, institutions, corporations, Northern Trust Corporation (the Corporation), together with its subsidiaries, is a leading provider of asset servicing, fund fiduciary and banking administration, asset management, solutions and individuals worldwide. Northern Trust focuses on servicing and managing client assets through its two primary business units, Personal Financial Services (PFS) and Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS). Asset management and related services are provided to PFS and C&IS clients primarily by a Investments third business unit, Northern Trust Global (NTGI). Northern Trust emphasizes a high level of client technology service complemented by the effective use of delivered by a and Technology (O&T). fourth business unit, Operations subsidiaries, (U.S.) and non-U.S. Northern Trust conducts business through various United States including The Northern Trust Company (the Bank). The Corporation has a network of offices in 18 U.S. states; Washington, D.C.; and 16 international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East and the Asia Pacific region. Except where the context the term “Northern Trust” refers to otherwise requires, subsidiaries on a Northern Trust Corporation and its consolidated basis. F I N A N C I A L O V E R V I E W Net income in 2012 totaled $687.3 million and earnings per common share totaled $2.81. This compares with net income of $603.6 million and earnings per common share of $2.47 in 2011. Net income in 2012 and 2011 included restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges of $18.6 million ($12.0 million after tax, or $0.05 per common share) and $91.6 million ($59.8 million after tax, or $0.25 per common share), respectively. In addition, net income in 2011 benefited from reductions of a liability related to potential losses from indemnified litigation involving Visa, as further described in statements. Visa Note 24 to the consolidated financial indemnification benefits totaled $23.1 million in 2011 and fully eliminated the liability as of December 31, 2011. Our return on common equity in 2012 was 9.3%, compared to 8.6% in 2011 and our target range of 10-15%. Throughout 2012, Northern Trust focused on the needs of our clients and on improving the productivity and profitability of our business. We successfully executed on the Driving Performance initiatives announced at the beginning of 2012, which contributed approximately $160 million in pre-tax profit improvements in 2012, surpassing the goal for the year and remaining on track to deliver $250 million of pre-tax benefits by the end of 2013. Revenue totaled $3.90 billion in 2012, an increase of 3% from 2011, primarily reflecting increased trust, investment and other servicing fees, partially offset by lower foreign exchange trading income. Trust, investment and other servicing fees, which represent the largest component of consolidated revenue, increased by 11% to $2.41 billion, from $2.17 billion in 2011. This increase primarily reflects new business, revised fee structures and lower waived fees on money market mutual funds, which equaled $74.5 million in 2012 compared to $102.1 million in 2011. The increase also reflects the full year benefit in 2012 of two acquisitions completed in 2011. In June of 2011, Northern Trust acquired a fund administration, investment operations outsourcing and custody business, now known as Northern Trust Securities Services (Ireland) Limited, and in July of 2011, Northern Trust acquired a hedge fund administrator, now known as Northern Trust Hedge Fund Services LLC. Foreign exchange trading income of $206.1 million decreased $118.4 million, or 36%, from 2011, a result of reduced currency market volatility and client volumes. Client assets under custody and under management both increased during 2012. Client assets under custody increased 13% from $4.3 trillion in 2011 to $4.8 trillion, and included $2.7 trillion of global custody assets, up 14% from 2011. Client assets under management increased 14% to $758.9 billion from $662.9 billion in 2011. These increases reflect new business won from both existing and new clients, and higher market values. Net interest income of $990.3 million decreased $18.8 million, or 2%, primarily due to a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher average earning assets. The provision for credit losses totaled $25.0 million in 2012, down from $55.0 million in 2011. The lower provision reflects improvement in the credit quality of commercial and institutional loans, while weakness persists in residential real estate loans and commercial real estate loans. Nonperforming assets decreased $39.8 million, or 13%, and net charge-offs decreased $57.1 million, or 68%, from 2011. The allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $297.9 million and $294.8 million, respectively, and represented 1.01% of total year-end loans and leases. Loans and leases equaled $29.5 billion at year end, an increase of 2% from $29.1 billion at the end of 2011. Total noninterest expense equaled $2.88 billion, up 2% from 2011. Excluding the current and prior year restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges of $18.6 million N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 19 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S and $91.6 million, respectively, and the prior year Visa indemnification benefits, noninterest expense increased $97.5 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting higher equipment and software expense and the full year impact in 2012 of operating costs from the 2011 acquisitions. Restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges recorded in 2012 primarily reflect outside services expense and reductions in office space, while charges recorded in 2011 reflected severance expense, consulting expense, charges related to software write-offs, and reductions in office space. Northern Trust continues to maintain a strong capital position, exceeding “well capitalized” levels under federal bank regulatory capital requirements, with tier 1 capital and tier 1 common ratios of 12.8% and 12.4%, respectively. At year end, total stockholders’ equity equaled $7.5 billion, up 6% from $7.1 billion a year earlier. Northern Trust declared dividends of $286.9 million in 2012, representing a dividend payout and repurchased approximately 3.5 million shares in 2012 at a cost of $162.9 million. Dividends and share repurchases combined, Northern Trust’s total payout ratio was 65% in 2012. ratio of 42%, C O N S O L I D A T E D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S R E V E N U E Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from noninterest income that primarily consists of trust, investment and other servicing fees. Net interest income comprises the remainder of income revenue and consists of generated by earning assets, net of interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds. interest Revenue for 2012 was $3.90 billion, an increase of $126.2 million, or 3%, from $3.77 billion in 2011, which was up 3% from 2010 revenue of $3.65 billion. Noninterest income represented 75% of total revenue in 2012 and totaled $2.91 billion, up 5% from $2.76 billion in 2011. Noninterest income represented 73% of total revenue in 2011 and was higher by 1% from $2.73 billion in 2010. The current year increase in revenue primarily reflects increased trust, investment and other servicing fees, partially offset by a decline in foreign exchange trading income. Trust, investment and other servicing fees – the largest component of noninterest income – totaled $2.41 billion in 2012 compared with $2.17 billion in 2011, primarily reflecting new business, including the full year benefit in 2012 of the acquisitions completed in 2011, as well as revised client fee structures and lower waived fees on money market mutual funds. Foreign exchange trading income in 2012 totaled $206.1 million, down 36% compared with $324.5 million in 2011, reflecting reduced currency market volatility and client volumes from 2011 levels. Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis in 2012 was $1.03 billion, down 2% from $1.05 billion in 2011, which was up 10% from $957.8 million in 2010. The decrease in net interest income is primarily attributable to a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher average earning assets. The net interest margin declined to 1.22% from 1.27% in 2011, while average earning assets increased $1.4 billion, or 2%, in 2012, primarily reflecting higher levels of investments in securities and interest-bearing deposits with banks, partially offset by lower levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve. Additional information regarding Northern Trust’s revenue by type is provided below. 2012 TOTAL REVENUE OF $3.90 BILLION 62% Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 25% Net Interest Income 8% Other Noninterest Income 5% Foreign Exchange Trading Income 20 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Noninterest Income The components of noninterest income, and a discussion of significant changes during 2012 and 2011, are provided below. N O N I N T E R E S T I N C O M E ($ In Millions) Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Treasury Management Fees Security Commissions and Trading Income Other Operating Income Investment Security Gains (Losses), net 2012 2011 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 CHANGE $2,405.5 206.1 67.4 73.6 154.9 (1.7) $2,169.5 324.5 72.1 60.5 158.1 (23.9) $2,081.9 382.2 78.1 60.9 146.3 (20.4) 11% (36) (6) 22 (2) (93) 5% 4% (15) (8) (1) 8 17 1% Total Noninterest Income $2,905.8 $2,760.8 $2,729.0 Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Trust, investment and other servicing fees were $2.41 billion in 2012 compared with $2.17 billion in 2011. For a more investment and other detailed discussion of 2012 trust, servicing fees, refer to the “Business Unit Reporting” section. Trust, investment and other servicing fees are based generally on the market value of assets held in custody, managed and serviced; the volume of transactions; securities lending volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered. Certain market value calculations on which fees are based are performed on a monthly or quarterly basis in arrears. Certain investment management fee arrangements also may provide for performance fees, based on client portfolio returns that exceed predetermined levels. Based on an analysis of historical trends and current asset and product mix, management estimates that a 10% rise or fall in overall equity markets would cause a corresponding increase or decrease in Northern Trust’s trust, investment and other servicing fees of approximately 3% and in total revenue of approximately 2%. The following table presents selected average month-end, average quarter-end, and year-end equity market indices and the percentage changes year over year. M A R K E T I N D I C E S AVERAGE OF MONTH-END AVERAGE OF QUARTER-END YEAR-END S&P 500 ® MSCI EAFE ® (in U.S. dollars) 1,387 1,499 1,281 1,609 8% 1,409 1,523 (7) 1,259 1,549 12% 1,426 1,604 (2) 1,258 1,413 13% 14 2012 2011 CHANGE 2012 2011 CHANGE 2012 2011 CHANGE Assets under custody and assets under management form the primary basis of our trust, investment and other servicing fees. At December 31, 2012, assets under custody were $4.8 trillion, up 13% from $4.3 trillion a year ago, and included $2.7 trillion of global custody assets. Assets under custody at December 31, 2011 included $2.4 trillion of global custody assets. Assets under management totaled $758.9 billion, up 14% from $662.9 billion at the end of 2011. A S S E T S U N D E R C U S T O D Y DECEMBER 31, CHANGE ($ In Billions) 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 FIVE-YEAR COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Corporate & Institutional Personal $4,358.6 446.3 $3,877.6 385.2 $3,711.1 370.2 $3,325.9 331.1 $2,719.2 288.3 Total Assets Under Custody $4,804.9 $4,262.8 $4,081.3 $3,657.0 $3,007.5 12% 16 13% 4% 4 4% 3% 6 3% N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 21 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY (In Billions) PFS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY (In Billions) 4,358.6 3,711.1 3,877.6 3,325.9 2,719.2 446.3 370.2 385.2 331.1 288.3 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 A S S E T S U N D E R M A N A G E M E N T DECEMBER 31, CHANGE ($ In Billions) 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 FIVE-YEAR COMPOUND GROWTH RATE Corporate & Institutional Personal $561.2 197.7 $489.2 173.7 $489.2 154.4 $482.0 145.2 $426.4 132.4 Total Assets Under Management $758.9 $662.9 $643.6 $627.2 $558.8 15% 14 14% –% 13 3% (2)% 6 –% C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT (In Billions) 561.2 482.0 489.2 489.2 426.4 PFS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT (In Billions) 197.7 173.7 145.2 154.4 132.4 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Assets under custody and under management were invested as follows: A S S E T S U N D E R C U S T O D Y DECEMBER 31, Equities Fixed Income Securities Cash and Other Assets A S S E T S U N D E R M A N A G E M E N T Equities Fixed Income Securities Cash and Other Assets C&IS 44% 37 19 C&IS 51% 16 33 2012 PFS 46% 24 30 2012 PFS 37% 30 33 CONSOLIDATED C&IS 44% 36 20 43% 37 20 DECEMBER 31, CONSOLIDATED C&IS 48% 19 33 47% 14 39 2011 PFS 43% 28 29 2011 PFS 34% 32 34 CONSOLIDATED 43% 37 20 CONSOLIDATED 44% 19 37 22 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Foreign Exchange Trading Income Treasury Management Fees Northern Trust provides foreign exchange services in the normal course of business as an integral part of its global custody services. Active management of currency positions, within conservative limits, also contributes to foreign exchange trading income. This income decreased $118.4 million, or 36%, and totaled $206.1 million in 2012 compared with $324.5 million last year. The decrease from the prior year primarily reflects reduced currency market volatility and client volumes. Treasury management fees decreased 6%, to $67.4 million from $72.1 million in 2011. The decrease in 2012 is primarily due to lower transaction volumes. Security Commissions and Trading Income Security commissions and trading income is generated primarily from securities brokerage services provided by Northern Trust Securities, Inc. The increase of $13.1 million, or 22%, to $73.6 million in 2012 from $60.5 million in 2011 principally reflects higher revenue from interest rate protection products and an increase in core brokerage revenue. Other Operating Income The components of other operating income include: ($ In Millions) Loan Service Fees Banking Service Fees Other Income Total Other Operating Income 2012 $ 64.5 55.0 35.4 $154.9 2011 $ 68.9 54.9 34.3 $158.1 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 CHANGE $ 60.3 57.3 28.7 $146.3 (6)% – 3 (2)% 14% (4) 19 8% The decrease in loan service fees is primarily attributable to lower fees associated with commercial loans, partly due to reduced refinancing activity in 2012. Investment Security Gains (Losses), Net Net investment security losses totaled $1.7 million and $23.9 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The current year includes $3.3 million of pre-tax charges for the credit-related residential other-than-temporary impairment mortgage backed securities and auction rate securities held within Northern Trust’s balance sheet investment securities portfolio. The prior year included $23.3 million of OTTI charges attributable to residential mortgage backed securities. (OTTI) of N O N I N T E R E S T I N C O M E – 2 0 1 1 C O M P A R E D W I T H 2 0 1 0 Trust, investment and other servicing fees were $2.17 billion in 2011 compared with $2.08 billion in 2010. The increase was primarily due to acquisitions and other new business in 2011 and the favorable impact of equity markets on fees, partially offset by a decrease in securities lending revenue. Securities lending revenue decreased $107.3 million, or 55%, to $87.9 million in 2011, from $195.2 million in 2010, reflecting recoveries in 2010 of approximately $114 million of previously recorded unrealized asset valuation losses in a mark-to-market investment fund used in our securities lending activities. In September 2010, securities in the mark-to-market fund were sold with the proceeds reinvested into a short duration fund, eliminating the mark-to-market impact on securities lending revenue in periods subsequent to the date of sale. Foreign exchange trading income decreased 15% in 2011 to $324.5 million from $382.2 million in 2010. The decrease reflected reduced currency market volatility and client volumes from 2010 levels. Treasury management fees were $72.1 million in 2011, down 8% from $78.1 million in 2010, primarily due to lower transaction volumes in 2011. Other operating income totaled $158.1 million in 2011, an increase of 8% from $146.3 million in 2010. The increase primarily reflected increased loan service fees and higher miscellaneous other income, partially offset by lower banking service fees. Net investment security losses of $23.9 million in 2011 and $20.4 million in 2010 included $23.3 million and $21.2 million, to residential mortgage backed securities. respectively, of OTTI attributable charges N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 23 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Net Interest Income Net interest income stated on an FTE basis is a non-GAAP financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields. When adjusted to an FTE basis, yields on taxable, nontaxable, and partially taxable assets are comparable; however, the adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income. A reconciliation of net interest income on a GAAP basis to net interest income on an FTE basis is provided on page 59. An analysis of net interest income on an FTE basis, major balance sheet components impacting net interest income, and related ratios are provided below. A N A L Y S I S O F N E T I N T E R E S T I N C O M E ( F T E ) CHANGE ($ In Millions) Interest Income – GAAP FTE Adjustment Interest Income – FTE Interest Expense Net Interest Income – FTE Adjusted Net Interest Income – GAAP AVERAGE BALANCE Earning Assets Interest-Related Funds Net Noninterest-Related Funds AVERAGE RATE Earning Assets Interest-Related Funds Interest Rate Spread Total Source of Funds Net Interest Margin – FTE Refer to pages 124 and 125 for additional analysis of net interest income. 2012 2011 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 $ 1,287.7 40.8 1,328.5 297.4 1,031.1 $ 1,408.6 40.2 1,448.8 399.5 1,049.3 $ 1,296.7 39.1 1,335.8 378.0 957.8 $ 990.3 $ 1,009.1 $ 918.7 $84,168.5 62,293.0 21,875.5 $82,748.8 67,049.8 15,699.0 $67,865.4 57,179.4 10,686.0 (9)% 1 (8) (26) (2) (2)% 2% (7) 39 CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE 1.58% 0.48 1.10 0.35 1.22% 1.75% 0.60 1.15 0.48 1.27% 1.97% 0.66 1.31 0.56 1.41% (0.17) (0.12) (0.05) (0.13) (0.05) 9% 3 9 6 10 10% 22% 17 47 (0.22) (0.06) (0.16) (0.08) (0.14) Net interest income is defined as the total of interest income and amortized fees on earning assets, less interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds, adjusted for the impact of interest-related hedging activity. Earning assets – federal funds sold; securities purchased under agreements to resell; interest-bearing deposits with banks; Federal Reserve deposits; other interest-bearing deposits; securities; and loans and leases – are financed by a large base of interest-bearing funds that include deposits; short-term borrowings; senior notes and long-term debt. Earning assets also are funded by net noninterest-related funds, which include demand deposits; the allowance for credit losses; and stockholders’ equity, reduced by nonearning assets such as cash and due from banks; items in process of collection; and buildings and equipment. Net interest income is determined by variations in the level and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing funds and their relative the levels of sensitivity to interest nonperforming compensating deposit assets balances used to pay for services impact net interest income. rates. and client In addition, Net interest income in 2012 was $990.3 million, down 2% from $1.01 billion in 2011. Net interest income on an FTE basis for 2012 was $1.03 billion, a decrease of 2% from $1.05 24 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N billion in 2011. The decrease primarily reflects a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The net interest margin was 1.22%, down from 1.27% in 2011, primarily reflecting lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by a lower cost of funding, driven by lower interest rates and a higher level of noninterest-related funds. Average earning assets increased $1.4 billion, or 2%, to $84.2 billion from $82.7 billion in 2011. Growth in average earning assets primarily reflects a $4.5 billion increase in securities, a $1.5 billion increase in interest-bearing deposits with banks, and a $0.6 billion increase in loans and leases, partially offset by a $5.2 billion decrease in Federal Reserve and other interest-bearing deposits. Loans and leases averaged $29.0 billion, 2% higher than the $28.3 billion in 2011. The increase is primarily due to higher average balances of personal loans and commercial loans. Securities, inclusive of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, averaged $30.9 billion, up $4.5 billion, or 17% from 2011, with the growth primarily in U.S. government sponsored agency and U.S. government securities. M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S levels The $1.4 billion increase in average earning assets to $84.2 billion in 2012 from $82.7 billion in 2011 was funded by higher funds. Average noninterest-related funding sources in 2012 increased $5.6 billion from 2011, primarily due to an increase in average demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. noninterest-related of lower average deposits, Interest-related funds decreased $4.8 billion, primarily attributable to lower average balances in non-U.S. office short-term interest-bearing borrowings and lower average long-term debt. The decrease in average long-term debt reflects the maturity of 5.20% fixed rate senior notes in November of 2012, as well as the maturities of certain Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during 2012, partially offset by the issuance in August of 2012 of $500 million of 2.375% fixed-rate senior notes of the Corporation due on August 2, 2022. The senior notes are non- callable and unsecured, and were issued at a 0.283% discount. bank subsidiaries and foreign branches are primarily interest- bearing and averaged $41.7 billion in 2012, $37.8 billion in 2011, and $30.0 billion in 2010. deposits maintained with Custody related Stockholders’ equity averaged $7.4 billion in 2012 compared with $7.0 billion in 2011. The increase of $334.0 million, or 5%, principally reflects the retention of earnings, partially offset by dividends and the repurchase of common stock pursuant to Northern Trust’s share buyback program. Under our capital plan, which was reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve in March 2012, the Corporation may repurchase up to $77.1 million of common stock after December 31, 2012 through March 2013. During 2012, Northern Trust repurchased 3,516,254 shares at a cost of share). The $162.9 million ($46.32 average price per Corporation’s common stock repurchase authorization was replaced in March of 2012, pursuant to which the Corporation is authorized to purchase up to 6.8 million additional shares after December 31, 2012. The Corporation’s capital actions in 2012, including dividend declarations totaling $286.9 million and the common stock repurchases totaling $162.9 million, returned $449.8 million in capital to shareholders. In January 2013, the Corporation submitted its most recent capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board. For additional analysis of average balances and interest rate changes affecting net interest income, refer to the Average Balance Sheet with Analysis of Net Interest Income on pages 124 and 125. N E T I N T E R E S T I N C O M E – 2 0 1 1 C O M P A R E D W I T H 2 0 1 0 Net interest income on an FTE basis was $1.05 billion in 2011, up 10% from $957.8 million in 2010. The increase primarily reflected higher average earning assets, partially offset by a decline in the net interest margin. The net interest margin decreased to 1.27% in 2011 from 1.41% in 2010, limiting the benefit from higher deposits as yields on high quality investments declined due to the persistent low interest rate environment. Earning assets averaged $82.7 billion in 2011, up 22% from $67.9 billion in 2010. The growth reflected a $6.5 billion increase in securities, a $5.0 billion increase in Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing assets, and a $2.5 billion increase in interest-bearing deposits with banks. The growth in average earning assets was funded by higher levels of both noninterest and interest-related funds. Average noninterest- related funding sources in 2011 increased $5.7 billion from 2010, primarily due to increases in average demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. The growth in interest-related funds was primarily attributable to higher average client balances in non-U.S. office interest-bearing deposits and increased savings and money market deposits, partially offset by lower average short-term borrowings. In August of 2011, the $500 million of 3.375% fixed-rate senior notes of Corporation were issued that are due on August 23, 2021. Stockholders’ equity averaged $7.0 billion in 2011 and $6.6 billion in 2010. The increase reflected the retention of earnings, partially offset by dividends and the repurchase of common stock. Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses was $25.0 million in 2012 compared with $55.0 million in 2011 and $160.0 million in 2010. The current year provision reflects improved credit quality metrics for the overall portfolio relative to 2011. Within the portfolio, real estate loans and residential commercial real estate loans continue to reflect weakness relative to the overall portfolio accounting for 91% and 88% of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For a fuller discussion of the allowance and provision for credit losses for 2012, 2011, and 2010, refer to pages 54 and 55. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 25 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense for 2012 totaled $2.88 billion, up $47.6 million, or 2%, from $2.83 billion in 2011. Noninterest expense in 2012 and 2011 reflect charges of $18.6 million ($12.0 million after tax) and $91.6 million ($59.8 million after tax), respectively, associated with restructuring, acquisition and integration related activities. Noninterest expense in 2011 also includes Visa indemnification related benefits of $23.1 million. Excluding the 2012 and 2011 restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges and the 2011 Visa indemnification benefits, noninterest expense increased $97.5 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting higher equipment and software expense and the full period impact of operating costs attributable to the acquisitions completed in 2011. The components of noninterest expense and a discussion of significant changes during 2012 and 2011 are provided below. N O N I N T E R E S T E X P E N S E ($ In Millions) Compensation Employee Benefits Outside Services Equipment and Software Occupancy Visa Indemnification Benefit Other Operating Expense Total Noninterest Expense 2012 $1,267.4 258.2 529.2 366.7 174.4 – 282.9 $2,878.8 2011 $1,267.2 258.2 552.8 328.1 180.9 (23.1) 267.1 $2,831.2 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 CHANGE $1,108.0 237.6 460.4 287.1 167.8 (33.0) 270.0 $2,497.9 –% – (4) 12 (4) (100) 6 2% 14% 9 20 14 8 (30) (1) 13% The following table presents restructuring, acquisition and integration charges incurred in 2012 and 2011 by component of noninterest expense. R E S T R U C T U R I N G , A C Q U I S I T I O N A N D I N T E G R A T I O N C H A R G E S (In Millions) Compensation Employee Benefits Outside Services Equipment and Software Occupancy Other Operating Expense Total Compensation Compensation expense, the largest component of noninterest expense, totaled $1.27 billion in both 2012 and 2011. Compensation expense in 2011 included $50.2 million of severance related accruals in connection with restructuring, acquisition and integration activities, while 2012 includes $0.3 million of net reductions in severance related accruals. Excluding these charges, the $50.7 million, or 4%, increase from the prior year primarily reflects annual salary increases, the full year impact of operating costs attributable to the 2011 acquisitions, and higher performance-based compensation. Staff on a full-time equivalent basis totaled approximately 14,200 at December 31, 2012 compared with approximately 14,100 at December 31, 2011, and averaged 14,100 in 2012, up 4% compared with 13,500 in 2011. 26 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2012 $ (0.3) 0.8 12.1 0.9 3.6 1.5 $18.6 2011 $50.2 4.3 16.8 10.9 6.4 3.0 $91.6 Employee Benefits Employee benefits expense totaled $258.2 million in both 2012 and 2011 and included severance related charges of $0.8 million and $4.3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Employee benefits expense in 2011 also includes the reversal of an employee benefit related accrual of $9.7 million for which the 2010 goal was not met. Excluding the current year and prior year severance related charges and the prior year employee benefit related accrual reversal, employee benefits expense decreased $6.2 million, or 2%, primarily reflecting lower retirement benefits expense in 2012. Outside Services Outside services expense totaled $529.2 million in 2012, down $23.6 million, or 4%, from $552.8 million in 2011. Outside services expense included restructuring and integration related charges of $12.1 million in 2012 and restructuring, acquisition M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S and integration related charges of $16.8 million in 2011. Excluding the current year and prior year charges, outside services expense decreased $18.9 million, or 4%, from the prior year, primarily reflecting decreases within investment manager sub-advisor fees, consulting fees, and sub-custodian expense, partially offset by higher expense associated with technical services, including the full year cost of services attributable to the 2011 acquisitions. Investment manager investment fees are those paid to external sub-advisor managers for services provided to certain funds Northern Trust manages and those relating to custom client programs. Technical services expense includes costs for systems and application support; the provision of market and research data; and outsourced check processing and lockbox services, among other services. Equipment and Software Equipment and software expense, comprised of depreciation and amortization; rental; and maintenance costs, increased $38.6 million, or 12%, to $366.7 million in 2012 compared to $328.1 million in 2011. Equipment and software expense in 2012 includes software write-offs of $15.1 million. Equipment and software expense in 2011 included $10.9 million of software write-offs related to restructuring activities. Excluding Other Operating Expense these software write-offs, equipment and software expense increased $34.4 million, or 11%, primarily reflecting higher software amortization and support costs from the continued investment in technology related assets. Occupancy Occupancy expense totaled $174.4 million in 2012, down $6.5 million, or 4%, from $180.9 million in 2011. Occupancy expense in 2012 and 2011 included $3.6 million and $6.4 million, related to reductions in office space. Excluding the restructuring charges, occupancy expense decreased $3.7 million, or 2%, in 2012, due to reductions in office space. restructuring charges respectively, of Visa Indemnification Benefits In 2011 and 2010, reductions to Northern Trust’s Visa indemnification liability and related charges totaled $23.1 million and $33.0 million, respectively. Northern Trust is obligated to share in losses resulting from certain indemnified litigation involving Visa. The reductions reflect Northern Trust’s proportionate share of funds that Visa deposited into its years. Visa indemnification charges are further discussed in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. escrow account in those litigation Other operating expense in 2012 totaled $282.9 million, up $15.8 million, or 6% from $267.1 million in 2011. Other operating expense in 2012 and 2011 included $1.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges. The components of other operating expense are as follows: ($ In Millions) Business Promotion FDIC Insurance Premiums Staff Related Other Intangibles Amortization Other Expenses Total Other Operating Expense 2012 $ 87.8 25.4 41.9 20.3 107.5 $282.9 2011 $ 82.1 29.3 37.6 17.5 100.6 $267.1 2010 $ 81.0 33.9 37.4 14.4 103.3 $270.0 CHANGE 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 7% (13) 11 16 7 6% 1% (14) 1 22 (3) (1)% FDIC insurance premiums decreased primarily due to changes in the FDIC’s assessment methodology in 2011. The increase in staff related expense primarily reflects higher relocation costs. Other intangibles amortization expense increased primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets purchased in connection with the 2011 acquisitions. N O N I N T E R E S T E X P E N S E – 2 0 1 1 C O M P A R E D W I T H 2 0 1 0 Noninterest expense in 2011 totaled $2.83 billion, up 13% from $2.50 billion in 2010. Noninterest expense in 2011 of charges $91.6 million associated with included restructuring, acquisition and integration related activities. Noninterest expense in 2011 and 2010 included reductions to Northern Trust’s Visa indemnification liability of $23.1 million and $33.0 million, respectively. Compensation expense in 2011 included $50.2 million of severance charges related to restructuring, acquisition and integration activities. Excluding these charges, compensation expense increased $109.0 million, or 10% from 2010, reflecting higher full-time equivalent staff levels, the majority of which N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 27 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S related matters. The provision for income tax in 2011 reflected the favorable resolution of certain leveraged leasing matters with the Internal Revenue Service and certain state tax matters. The tax provisions for 2012 and 2011 reflect reductions totaling $27.1 million and $21.3 million, respectively, related to certain non-U.S. subsidiaries whose earnings are being indefinitely reinvested. The 2010 income tax provision of $320.3 million represented an effective rate of 32.4% and included a $20.1 million reduction in the tax provision related to non-U.S. subsidiaries whose earnings are being indefinitely reinvested. B U S I N E S S U N I T R E P O R T I N G Northern Trust, under the leadership of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Frederick H. Waddell, is organized around its two principal client-focused business units, C&IS and PFS. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and PFS clients primarily by NTGI. Operations support is provided to each of the business units by O&T. Mr. Waddell has been identified as the chief operating decision maker, having final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. of their financial performance. C&IS and PFS results are presented to promote a greater understanding The information, presented on an internal management-reporting basis, derives from internal accounting systems that support and management strategic objectives Northern Trust’s structure. Management has developed accounting systems to allocate revenue and expense related to each segment. These systems incorporate processes for allocating assets, liabilities and equity, and the applicable interest income and expense. Equity is allocated based on the proportion of economic capital associated with the business units. Allocations of capital expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent entities. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Transfers of income and expense items are recorded at cost; there is no consolidated profit or loss on sales or transfers between business units. Northern Trust’s presentations are not necessarily consistent with similar information for other financial institutions. and certain corporate were attributable to the 2011 acquisitions, as well as annual salary increases. Staff on a full-time equivalent basis averaged 13,500 in 2011, up 7% compared with 12,600 in 2010. Employee benefits expense in 2011 was $258.2 million, up $20.6 million, or 9%, from $237.6 million in 2010. The increase reflected operating costs associated with the 2011 acquisitions and $4.3 million of severance related accruals in 2011. The remaining increase was primarily due to higher full- federal and unemployment time equivalent insurance, and pension expense, partially offset by the reversal in 2011 of an employee benefit related accrual of $9.7 million for which the 2010 goal was not met. levels, staff Outside services expense in 2011 included restructuring, acquisition and integration charges of $16.8 million. Excluding these charges, outside services expense increased $75.6 million, or 16%, primarily reflecting higher expense associated with technical services and investment manager sub-advisor fees, partly attributable to the 2011 acquisitions. Equipment and software expense in 2011 included $10.9 million of restructuring charges related to software write-offs. Excluding these charges, equipment and software expense increased $30.1 million, or 10%, primarily reflecting higher software amortization and support costs attributable to increased investment in technology related assets. Occupancy expense for 2011 was $180.9 million, up $13.1 million, or 8%, from $167.8 million in 2010, primarily due to $6.4 million of restructuring charges as well as operating costs attributable to the 2011 acquisitions. Other operating expense totaled $267.1 million in 2011, down from $270.0 million in 2010, reflecting reduced FDIC insurance premiums and miscellaneous other expenses, partially offset by increased amortization costs attributable to intangible assets purchased in the 2011 acquisitions. Provision for Income Taxes are earnings subsidiaries whose Provisions for income tax and effective tax rates are impacted by levels of pre-tax income, tax rates, and the impact of certain indefinitely non-U.S. the reinvested, as well as non-recurring items resolution of tax matters. The 2012 provision for income taxes was $305.0 million, representing an effective rate of 30.7%. This compares with a provision for income taxes of $280.1 million and an effective rate of 31.7% in 2011. The provision for income tax in 2012 includes a $12.4 million tax benefit in connection with the resolution of certain leveraged lease such as 28 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L I N F O R M A T I O N CHANGE ($ In Millions) Noninterest Income Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Visa Indemnification Benefit Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit) Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income Average Assets 2012 2011 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 $ 2,405.5 206.1 294.2 1,031.1 3,936.9 25.0 – 2,878.8 1,033.1 345.8 $ 2,169.5 324.5 266.8 1,049.3 3,810.1 55.0 (23.1) 2,854.3 923.9 320.3 $ 2,081.9 382.2 264.9 957.8 3,686.8 160.0 (33.0) 2,530.9 1,028.9 359.4 $ 687.3 $92,975.5 $ 603.6 $91,947.9 $ 669.5 $76,008.2 11% (36) 10 (2) 3 (55) (100) 1 12 8 14% 1% 4% (15) 1 10 3 (66) (30) 13 (10) (11) (10)% 21% Note: Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $40.8 million, $40.2 million, and $39.1 million of FTE adjustments for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Corporate & Institutional Services The C&IS business unit is a leading global provider of asset servicing, securities lending, brokerage, banking and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth and government funds. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of industry leading capabilities including but not limited to: global master trust and custody, trade settlement, and reporting; fund administration; cash management; investment risk and performance analytical services; investment operations outsourcing; and transition management and commission recapture. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region. C&IS also executes related foreign exchange transactions from offices located in the United States, United Kingdom, and Singapore. The following table summarizes the results of operations of C&IS for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 on a management-reporting basis. C O R P O R A T E & I N S T I T U T I O N A L S E R V I C E S R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S ($ In Millions) Noninterest Income Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income 2012 2011 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 CHANGE $ 1,334.1 193.5 193.6 280.1 2,001.3 (2.1) 1,599.9 403.5 114.3 $ 1,196.4 315.7 169.7 282.5 1,964.3 (20.5) 1,522.4 462.4 168.3 $ 1,175.1 375.3 147.4 271.8 1,969.6 (16.1) 1,328.9 656.8 222.4 $ 289.2 $ 294.1 $ 434.4 12% (39) 14 (1) 2 (90) 5 (13) (32) (2)% 5% 2% (16) 15 4 – 27 15 (30) (24) (32)% 23% Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 42% 49% 65% Average Assets Note: Stated on an FTE basis. $49,904.0 $47,533.7 $38,749.3 The 2% decrease in C&IS net income in 2012 primarily resulted from lower foreign exchange trading income and higher noninterest expense, attributable to the full year impact in 2012 of the 2011 acquisitions, partially offset by increased trust, investment and other servicing fees and a lower provision for income taxes. The increase in trust, investment and other servicing fees was primarily attributable to new the 2011 including the full year benefit of business, N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 29 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S income in 2011 acquisitions. The 32% decrease in net compared to 2010 primarily reflected lower foreign exchange trading income and higher noninterest expense, including operating costs from the 2011 acquisitions and restructuring, acquisition and integration charges, partially offset by increased trust, investment and other servicing fees. C&IS Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees to to related services C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees are primarily custody, attributable fund administration, and securities investment management, lending. Custody and fund administration fees are driven primarily by asset values, transaction volumes, and number of accounts. Custody fees related to asset values are often priced based on values at the beginning of each quarter; however, there are custody fees that are based on quarter-end or month-end values or average values for a month or quarter. The fund administration fees that are asset value related are priced using month-end, quarter-end, or average daily balances. Investment management fees are based primarily on market values throughout a period. Securities lending revenue is affected by market values; the demand for securities to be lent, which drives volumes; and the interest rate spread earned on the investment of cash deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities they have borrowed. The other services fee category in C&IS includes such products as benefit payment, investment risk and analytical services, electronic delivery, and other services. Revenue from these products is based generally on the volume of services provided or a fixed fee. Provided below are the components of C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees. C O R P O R A T E A N D I N S T I T U T I O N A L S E R V I C E S T R U S T , I N V E S T M E N T A N D O T H E R S E R V I C I N G F E E S 2012 C&IS FEES (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 Custody and Fund Administration Investment Management Securities Lending Other $ 863.9 281.0 96.3 92.9 $ 770.1 262.5 87.9 75.9 $ 646.1 261.2 195.2 72.6 Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees $1,334.1 $1,196.4 $1,175.1 65% Custody and Fund Administration 21% Investment Management 7% Securities Lending 7% Other the Custody and fund administration fees, largest component of trust, investment and other servicing fees, increased $93.8 million, or 12%, primarily reflecting higher fund administration revenue due to the full year benefit in 2012 of the acquisitions completed in 2011 and other new business. Fees from investment management increased $18.5 million, or 7%, from the prior year primarily due to new business and improved markets. Investment management fees funds include waived fees on money market mutual attributable to the persistent low level of short-term interest C O R P O R A T E A N D I N S T I T U T I O N A L S E R V I C E S A S S E T S U N D E R C U S T O D Y DECEMBER 31, (In Billions) 2012 2011 2010 North America Europe, Middle East, and Africa Asia Pacific Securities Lending $2,414.6 1,459.7 396.4 87.9 $2,112.1 1,351.4 319.4 94.7 $1,999.6 1,280.7 331.7 99.1 Total Assets Under Custody $4,358.6 $3,877.6 $3,711.1 30 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N rates. Money market mutual fund fee waivers in C&IS totaled $29.8 million and $34.3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Securities lending revenue increased $8.4 million, or 10%, reflecting higher spreads in the current year, partially offset by lower average volumes. C&IS other trust, investment and servicing fees increased $17.0 million, or 22%, primarily reflecting higher income attributable to investment risk and analytical services. Provided below is a breakdown of C&IS the assets under custody and under management. 2012 C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 55% North America 34% Europe, Middle East, and Africa 9% 2% Asia Pacific Securities Lending M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S C O R P O R A T E A N D I N S T I T U T I O N A L S E R V I C E S A S S E T S U N D E R M A N A G E M E N T DECEMBER 31, (In Billions) 2012 2011 2010 North America Europe, Middle East, and Africa Asia Pacific Securities Lending $364.5 60.2 48.6 87.9 $304.0 48.7 41.8 94.7 $284.7 69.0 36.4 99.1 Total Assets Under Management $561.2 $489.2 $489.2 C&IS assets under custody were $4.4 trillion at December 31, 2012, 12% higher than the $3.9 trillion at December 31, 2011. Assets under management totaled $561.2 billion and $489.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cash and other assets deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities borrowed from custody clients are managed by Northern Trust and are included in assets under custody and under management. This securities lending collateral totaled $87.9 billion and $94.7 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. C&IS Foreign Exchange Trading Income Foreign exchange trading income totaled $193.5 million in 2012, a $122.2 million, or 39%, decrease from $315.7 million in 2011, reflecting reduced currency market volatility and client volumes in the current year. Foreign exchange trading income in 2011 of $315.7 million decreased $59.6 million, or 16%, from $375.3 million in 2010, due to reduced currency market volatility and client volumes. C&IS Other Noninterest Income reflecting increased other operating Other noninterest income for 2012 increased $23.9 million, or 14%, to $193.6 million in 2012, from $169.7 million in 2011, primarily income attributable to higher banking and credit related service fees in the current year. Other noninterest income in 2011 of $169.7 million increased $22.3 million, or 15%, compared to $147.4 million in 2010, primarily reflecting the benefit of 2011 acquisitions and other new business in 2011. C&IS Net Interest Income Net interest income decreased 1% in 2012 to $280.1 million from $282.5 million in 2011. The decrease primarily reflects a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The C&IS net interest margin in 2012 was 0.66% compared to 0.70% in 2011 and 0.77% in 2010. The decrease in the net interest margin in 2012 is 2012 C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 65% North America 16% Securities Lending 11% Europe, Middle East, and Africa 8% Asia Pacific primarily attributable to lower yields on earning assets, including lower spreads on certain currencies, partially offset by lower funding costs, both the result of the low interest rate environment. In 2011, higher levels of average earning assets increased net interest income, which was up $10.7 million, or 4%, from $271.8 million in 2010, but were partially offset by a lower net interest margin. C&IS Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses was negative $2.1 million for 2012 primarily reflecting recoveries of previously charged off exposures and improvement in underlying asset quality metrics within the commercial and institutional loan portfolio, partially offset by allowances established as a result of higher commercial and institutional financing receivable balances. The provision for credit losses was negative $20.5 million for 2011 compared to negative $16.1 million in 2010, reflecting recoveries of previously charged off exposures and improvement in underlying asset quality metrics within both commercial and institutional loans and commercial real estate loans segment as compared to 2010. loan and lease C&IS Noninterest Expense C&IS noninterest expense was up $77.5 million, or 5%, in 2012 and totaled $1.60 billion compared to $1.52 billion in 2011. Noninterest expense in 2012 and 2011 included restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges of $21.5 million and $60.8 million, respectively. Excluding these charges, C&IS noninterest expense increased $116.8 million, or 8%, from 2011, primarily reflecting the full year impact in 2012 of the 2011 acquisitions and higher indirect expense allocations for product and operating support. Noninterest expense in 2011 increased $193.5 million, or 15%, from $1.33 billion in 2010, reflecting operating expense attributable to the 2011 acquisition and and acquisitions integration related charges. restructuring, N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 31 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Personal Financial Services The PFS business unit provides personal trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate administration; brokerage services; and private and business banking. PFS focuses on high net worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, and established privately held businesses in its target markets. PFS also includes the to meet Global Family Office, which provides customized products and services the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. PFS services are delivered through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London and Guernsey. The following table summarizes the results of operations of PFS for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 on a management-reporting basis. P E R S O N A L F I N A N C I A L S E R V I C E S R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S ($ In Millions) Noninterest Income Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income 2012 $ 1,071.4 12.6 93.6 629.9 1,807.5 27.1 1,182.3 598.1 226.4 $ 2011 973.1 8.8 119.7 613.7 1,715.3 75.5 1,214.9 424.9 168.7 $ 906.8 6.9 126.4 591.8 1,631.9 176.1 1,103.0 352.8 132.8 2010 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 CHANGE 10% 43 (22) 3 5 (64) (3) 41 34 45% –% 7% 28 (5) 4 5 (57) 10 20 27 16% 1% Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 54% 42% 33% Average Assets Note: Stated on an FTE basis. $23,917.9 $23,861.5 $23,564.5 $ 371.7 $ 256.2 $ 220.0 PFS net income increased 45% in 2012 primarily as a result of increased revenue, a lower provision for credit losses, and decreased noninterest expense. The 5% increase in PFS revenue in 2012 is primarily attributable to increases in trust, investment and other servicing fees and in net interest income, partially offset by lower other noninterest income. The decrease in noninterest expense is primarily due to a current year $4.6 million net reduction of certain restructuring related accruals and lower full-time equivalent staff levels in 2012. PFS Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees expense included $27.4 million of 2011 noninterest restructuring related charges. The 16% increase in PFS net income in 2011 from 2010 is primarily attributable to increased trust, investment and other servicing fees and net interest income, as well as a lower provision for credit losses. These were partially offset by increased noninterest expense in 2011, including restructuring related charges totaling $27.4 million, and a higher provision for income tax. Provided below is a summary of PFS trust, investment and other servicing fees and assets under custody and under management. 2012 PFS FEES P E R S O N A L F I N A N C I A L S E R V I C E S T R U S T , I N V E S T M E N T A N D O T H E R S E R V I C I N G F E E S (In Millions) Central East West Global Family Office YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $ 435.8 279.8 228.1 127.7 $399.2 248.0 208.5 117.4 $373.0 224.8 185.8 123.2 Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees $1,071.4 $973.1 $906.8 32 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 41% Central 26% East 21% West 12% Global Family Office M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S P E R S O N A L F I N A N C I A L S E R V I C E S A S S E T S U N D E R C U S T O D Y DECEMBER 31, 2012 PFS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY (In Billions) Global Family Office Central East West 2012 2011 2010 $270.4 71.9 63.9 40.1 $226.5 67.6 54.6 36.5 $221.9 64.1 49.4 34.8 Total Assets Under Custody $446.3 $385.2 $370.2 P E R S O N A L F I N A N C I A L S E R V I C E S A S S E T S U N D E R M A N A G E M E N T DECEMBER 31, 2012 PFS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT (In Billions) Central East Global Family Office West 2012 2011 2010 $ 75.0 49.5 41.8 31.4 $ 68.5 42.1 34.0 29.1 $ 60.4 35.9 31.5 26.6 Total Assets Under Management $197.7 $173.7 $154.4 The PFS regions shown above are comprised of the following: Central includes Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio and Wisconsin; East includes Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, New York and Washington, D.C.; West includes Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, Texas and Washington; Global Family Office provides specialized asset management, investment consulting, global custody, fiduciary, and private banking services to ultra-wealthy domestic and international clients. Fees in the majority of locations in which PFS operates and all mutual fund-related revenue are calculated primarily based on market values. PFS trust, investment and other servicing fees were $1.07 billion in 2012, up 10% from $973.1 million in 2011, which in turn was up 7% from $906.8 million in 2010. The current year performance benefitted from new business, revised fee structures, lower waived fees in money market mutual funds, and the favorable impact of markets on fees. PFS waived fees funds, attributable to the persistent low level of short-term interest rates, totaled $44.7 million and $67.8 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Trust, investment and other servicing fees for 2011 were higher than 2010, reflecting new business and the favorable impact of markets on fees. in money market mutual 61% Global Family Office 16% Central 14% East 9% West 38% Central 25% East 21% Global Family Office 16% West At December 31, 2012, assets under custody in PFS were $446.3 billion compared with $385.2 billion at December 31, 2011. Assets under management were $197.7 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $173.7 billion at the previous year end. PFS Foreign Exchange Trading Income Foreign exchange trading income totaled $12.6 million in 2012, an increase of 43% from $8.8 million in 2011, primarily due to increased client activity in 2012. Foreign exchange trading income of $8.8 million in 2011 was 28% higher than $6.9 million in 2010. PFS Other Noninterest Income Other noninterest income for the year totaled $93.6 million compared to $119.7 million in 2011. The decrease of $26.1 million, or 22%, is primarily driven by a decrease in other operating income related to lower banking and credit related service fees in the current year. The other noninterest income decrease of $6.7 million, or 5%, in 2011 compared to 2010 resulted from decreases in security commissions and trading income and treasury management fees. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 33 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S funds, and traded funds, non-U.S. collective investment funds. NTGI offers both unregistered private investment active and passive equity and fixed income portfolio management, as well as alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds) and multi-manager advisory services and products. NTGI’s activities also include overlay services and other risk management services. NTGI’s business operates internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and its revenue and expense are fully allocated to C&IS and PFS. At year-end 2012, Northern Trust managed $758.9 billion in assets for personal and institutional clients compared with $662.9 billion at year-end 2011. The increase in assets reflects higher equity markets in 2012 and new business. N O R T H E R N T R U S T G L O B A L I N V E S T M E N T S 2 0 1 2 A S S E T S U N D E R M A N A G E M E N T O F $ 7 5 8 . 9 B I L L I O N ASSET CLASSES PFS Net Interest Income Net interest income was $629.9 million for the year, up $16.2 million, or 3%, from $613.7 million in 2011. The increase primarily reflects an increase in the net interest margin. The PFS net interest margin in 2012 was 2.67% compared to 2.61% in 2011. The increase in the net interest margin is primarily attributable to higher internal yields received from the Treasury & Other business unit on certain deposit products, partially offset by lower yields on loans and leases. Net interest income in 2011 was $21.9 million, or 4%, higher than in 2010 and the net interest margin in 2011 of 2.61% was up from the 2010 margin of 2.55%. The higher net interest margin in 2011 primarily reflected a lower cost of funds. PFS Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses totaled $27.1 million for 2012, compared with $75.5 million in 2011, and $176.1 million in 2010. The current year provision reflects reduced net charge- offs on commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans, partially offset by continued weakness in these loan categories, while commercial and institutional loans continued to evidence improvement. The 2011 provision reflected improvement in commercial and institutional and commercial real estate loans, partially offset by continued weakness in residential real estate loans. For a fuller discussion of the allowance and provision for credit losses refer to pages 54 and 55. 48% Equities 30% Short Duration 19% Fixed Income 3% Other 74% Institutional 26% Personal 47% Index 46% Active 5% Manager of Managers 2% Other PFS Noninterest Expense CLIENT SEGMENTS PFS noninterest expense decreased $32.6 million, or 3%, to $1.18 billion in 2012 compared to $1.21 billion in 2011. 2012 noninterest expense included the $4.6 million net reduction of restructuring accruals while 2011 noninterest expense included $27.4 million of restructuring related charges. Excluding the restructuring related items, PFS noninterest expense decreased full-time slightly from 2011, primarily reflecting lower equivalent staff levels. Noninterest expense for 2011 was 10% higher than 2010, primarily attributable to restructuring related charges recorded in 2011 and higher indirect expense allocations for product and operating support. Northern Trust Global Investments through various subsidiaries of the Corporation, NTGI, provides a broad range of asset management and related services and products to clients around the world, including clients of C&IS and PFS. Clients include institutional and individual separately managed accounts, bank common and collective funds, registered investment companies, exchange 34 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N MANAGEMENT STYLES M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Treasury and Other The Treasury and Other business unit includes income and expense associated with the wholesale funding activities and the investment portfolios of the Corporation and the Bank. Treasury and Other also includes certain corporate-based expense, executive level compensation and nonrecurring items not allocated to the business units. The following table summarizes the results of operations of Treasury and Other for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 on a management-reporting basis. T R E A S U R Y A N D O T H E R R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S ($ In Millions) Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Visa Indemnification Benefit Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit) Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Note) $ 2012 7.0 121.1 128.1 – 96.6 31.5 5.1 $ 2011 (22.6) 153.1 130.5 (23.1) 117.0 36.6 (16.7) $ 2010 (8.9) 94.2 85.3 (33.0) 99.0 19.3 4.2 CHANGE 2012 / 2011 2011 / 2010 N/M (21)% (2) (100) (17) (14) N/M 154% 63 53 (30) 18 90 N/M N/M Net Income $ 26.4 $ 53.3 $ 15.1 (50)% Percentage of Consolidated Net Income 4% 9% 2% Average Assets Note: Stated on an FTE basis. $19,153.6 $20,552.7 $13,694.4 (7)% 50% Treasury and Other other noninterest income of $7.0 million in 2012 compares to negative $22.6 million of other noninterest income in 2011. The change in other noninterest income is primarily due to a reduced level of credit-related OTTI, a current year $5.3 million gain related to hedges of in foreign currency denominated certain investments subsidiaries, and increases within various miscellaneous noninterest income categories. OTTI losses in 2012, 2011, and 2010 totaled $3.3 million, $23.3 million, and $21.2 million, respectively. In 2010, these losses were partially offset by a gain on the sale of a building. The 21% decrease in net interest income in 2012 primarily reflects a higher cost of funds purchased from the business units. Treasury and Other 2011 and 2010 net income benefited from reductions of a liability related to potential from indemnified litigation involving Visa. The benefits recorded in 2011 fully eliminated the liability as of December 31, 2011. Noninterest expense in losses 2012 equaled $96.6 million, down $20.4 million, or 17%, from 2011 due to lower indirect expense allocations for product and operating support and decreased outside service expense, partially offset by increased equipment and software expense, compensation and benefits, and other miscellaneous expense. Noninterest expense was $117.0 million for 2011, an increase of $18.0 million, or 18%, compared to $99.0 million in 2010 and reflected higher compensation and employee benefits, including $3.4 million of 2011 restructuring related charges. The tax benefit in 2011 primarily reflected the favorable resolution of certain state tax positions taken in prior years and other federal and state tax matters not allocated to the business units for management reporting purposes. The tax benefit in 2011 also reflected adjustments to the Corporation’s intercompany service allocation methodology not allocated to the business units for management reporting purposes. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 35 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S C R I T I C A L A C C O U N T I N G E S T I M A T E S The use of estimates and assumptions is required in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and actual results could differ from those estimates. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has issued guidance relating to the disclosure of critical accounting estimates. Critical require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas could have a material impact on Northern Trust’s future financial condition and results of operations. accounting estimates those that are plan accounting, For Northern Trust, accounting estimates that are viewed as critical are those relating to the allowance for credit losses, pension other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of investment securities. Management has discussed the development and selection of each critical the accounting estimate with the Audit Committee of Corporation’s Board of Directors (Board). and Allowance for Credit Losses and other losses represents management’s The allowance for credit estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio exposures are regularly reviewed to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. In determining the level of the allowance, Northern Trust evaluates the allowance necessary for impaired loans and lending-related commitments and also estimates losses inherent in other lending related credit exposures. related credit lending The allowance for credit losses consists of the following components: Specific Allowance: The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined based on the value of the underlying real estate collateral, third-party appraisals are typically obtained and utilized by management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. 36 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N Inherent Allowance: The amount of inherent allowance is based primarily on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various qualitative factors such as management’s evaluation of in the economic and business conditions and changes character and size of the loan portfolio. Factors are applied to loan and lease credit exposures aggregated by shared risk characteristics and are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Reserve Committee which includes representatives from Credit Policy, business unit management, and Corporate Financial Management. The quarterly analysis of the specific and inherent allowance components and the control process maintained by Credit Policy and the lending staff, as described in the “Risk Management – Loans and Other Extensions of Credit” section, are the principal methods relied upon by management for the timely identification of, and adjustment for, changes in estimated credit loss levels. In addition to Northern Trust’s own experience, management also considers regulatory guidance. Control processes and analyses employed to determine an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are reviewed on at least an annual basis and modified as considered appropriate. Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged- off or a specific reserve is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount necessary to adjust the to the level deemed to be allowance for credit appropriate through the above process. Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs. losses on other assumptions Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent on any single assumption. Management evaluates numerous variables, many of which are interrelated or dependent in determining an appropriate allowance level. Due to the inherent imprecision in accounting estimates, other estimates or assumptions could reasonably have been used in the current period and changes in estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Additionally, as an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for credit losses. and estimates, M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. However, management believes that the allowance these uncertainties and has been established at an appropriate level to cover probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. adequately addresses credit losses for Pension Plan Accounting Northern Trust maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees (the Qualified Plan) and a noncontributory supplemental pension plan (the Nonqualified Plan). Plan amendments, effective April 1, 2012, have reduced benefit accruals under the Qualified and Nonqualified Plans. Certain European-based employees also participate in local defined benefit pension plans that have been closed to new employees in prior years and have been closed to future benefit accruals, effective in 2010. Measuring cost and reporting liabilities resulting from defined benefit pension plans requires the use of several assumptions regarding future interest rates, asset returns, compensation increases and other actuarial-based projections relating to the plans. Due to the long-term nature of this obligation and the estimates that are required to be made, the assumptions used in determining the periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation are closely monitored and reviewed annually for adjustments that may be required. Pension accounting that differences between estimates and actual experience be recognized as other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. The differences are amortized into net periodic other comprehensive income over the future working lifetime of eligible participants. As a result, differences between the estimates made in the calculation of periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation and actual experience affect stockholders’ equity in the period in which they occur but continue to be recognized as expense systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. from accumulated guidance requires pension expense Northern Trust recognizes the significant impact that these pension-related assumptions have on the determination the pension obligations and related expense and has of established procedures for monitoring and setting these assumptions each year. These procedures include an annual review of actual demographic and investment experience with the pension plan’s actuaries. In addition to actual experience, adjustments to these assumptions consider observable yields on fixed income securities, known compensation trends and policies, as well as economic conditions and investment strategies that may impact the estimated long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the pension expense for the U.S. plans in 2012, Northern Trust utilized a discount rate of 4.75% for both the Qualified Plan and the Nonqualified Plan. The rate of increase in the compensation level is based on a sliding scale that averaged 4.02%. The expected long-term rate of return on Qualified Plan assets was 8.00%. In evaluating possible revisions to pension-related assumptions for the U.S. plans as of Northern Trust’s December 31, 2012 measurement date, the following were considered: Discount Rate: Northern Trust estimates the discount rate for its U.S. pension plans by applying the projected cash flows for future benefit payments to several published discount rate yield curves as of the measurement date. These yield curves are composed of individual zero-coupon interest rates for 60 different time periods over a 30-year time horizon. Zero- coupon rates utilized by the yield curves are mathematically derived from observable market yields for AA-rated corporate bonds. The yield curve models referenced by Northern Trust in establishing the discount rate supported a rate between 3.99% and 4.74%, with an average decrease of 57 basis points over the prior year. As such, Northern Trust decreased the discount rate for the Qualified and Nonqualified plans from 4.75% for December 31, 2011 to 4.25% for December 31, 2012. Compensation Level: As long-term compensation policies remained consistent with prior years, no changes were made to the compensation scale assumption since its 2007 revision based on a review of actual salary experience of eligible employees. Rate of Return on Plan Assets: The expected return on plan assets is based on an estimate of the long-term (30 years) rate of return on plan assets, which is determined using a building block approach that considers the current asset mix and estimates of return by asset class based on historical experience, giving proper consideration to diversification and rebalancing. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Peer data and historical returns and appropriateness. As a result of these analyses, Northern Trust’s rate of return assumption was reduced to 7.75% for 2013. reviewed to check for reasonability are Mortality Table: Northern Trust uses the mortality table proposed by the U.S. Treasury for use in accordance with the N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 37 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) for both pre- and post-retirement mortality assumptions. This table is based on the RP2000 mortality table with projections of expected future mortality improvements. In order to illustrate the sensitivity of these assumptions on the expected periodic pension expense in 2013 and the projected benefit obligation, the following table is presented to show the effect of increasing or decreasing each of these assumptions by 25 basis points. (In Millions) Increase (Decrease) in 2013 Pension Expense Discount Rate Change Compensation Level Change Rate of Return on Plan Assets Change Increase (Decrease) in Projected Benefit Obligation Discount Rate Change Compensation Level Change 25 BASIS POINT INCREASE 25 BASIS POINT DECREASE (4.3) 0.5 (2.9) 4.4 (0.5) 2.9 (45.0) 2.4 47.7 (2.3) Pension Contributions: The deduction limits specified by the Internal Revenue Code for contributions made by sponsors of defined benefit pension plans are based on a “Target Liability” under the provisions of the PPA. Northern Trust contributed $100.0 million to the Qualified Plan in both 2012 and 2011. The investment return on these contributions decreases the U.S. pension expense. This benefit will be partially offset by the related forgone interest earnings on the funds contributed. The minimum required contribution is expected to be zero in 2013 and for several years thereafter. The maximum deductible contribution is estimated at $185.0 million for 2013. The estimated U.S. Qualified Plan pension expense is expected to decrease by approximately $1.4 million in 2013 from the 2012 expense of $23.6 million. The decrease is due to the full-year impact of plan amendments and the $100.0 million contribution in 2012, partially offset by the change in pension-related assumptions and other actuarial experiences. Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities Under GAAP, companies are required to perform periodic reviews of securities with unrealized losses to determine whether the declines in value are considered other-than- temporary. For and held-to-maturity securities that management has no intent to sell, and believes it more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell, prior to recovery, income reflects only the credit loss component of an impairment, the consolidated statement of available-for-sale 38 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N securities impairment (that while the remainder of the fair value loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected using Northern Trust’s cash flow projections. For debt that Northern Trust intends to sell, or would more-likely-than-not be required to sell, before the expected recovery of the the is, the full amortized cost basis, difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) is recognized in earnings. The application of significant judgment is required in determining the assumptions used in assessing whether an OTTI exists and, if so, in the calculation of the credit loss component of the OTTI. Assumptions used in this process are inherently subject to change in future in periods. Different estimates could result in materially different impairment loss recognition. The economic and financial market conditions experienced subsequent the economic downturn in 2008 negatively affected the liquidity and pricing of investment securities generally and residential mortgage- backed securities in particular, and resulted in an increase in the likelihood and severity of OTTI charges. subsequent changes to the onset of judgments or is other-than-temporary takes Northern Trust conducts security impairment reviews quarterly to evaluate those securities within its investment portfolio that have indications of possible OTTI. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market into consideration value numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors considered in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time which the security has been impaired; the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; activity in the market of the issuer which may indicate adverse credit conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date; and the likelihood that it will not be required to sell the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. The Corporate Asset and Liability Policy Committee reviews the results of impairment analyses and concludes on whether OTTI exists. reviews Impairment conducted in 2012 and 2011 identified securities that were determined to be other-than- temporarily impaired. Credit-related losses were recognized on nonagency residential mortgage-backed securities and auction rate securities totaling $3.3 million in 2012, and on nonagency residential mortgage-backed securities totaling $23.3 million in 2011, in connection with the write-down of M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S the securities. The remaining securities with unrealized losses within Northern Trust’s portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. However, additional OTTI may occur in future periods as a result of market and economic conditions. F A I R V A L U E M E A S U R E M E N T S The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires certain assets and liabilities to be reported at fair value. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 30% of Northern Trust’s total assets and approximately 1% of its total liabilities were carried on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. As discussed more fully in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, GAAP requires entities to categorize financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value according to a three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted, active market prices for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation judgment techniques that require significant management because one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable in the market place (Level 3). Approximately 6% of Northern Trust’s assets carried at fair value are classified as Level 1; Northern Trust typically does not hold equity securities or other instruments that are actively traded on an exchange. Approximately 94% of Northern Trust’s assets and 92% of its liabilities carried at fair value are categorized as Level 2, as they are valued using models in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Investment securities classified as available for sale make up 96.5% of Level 2 assets with the remaining 3.5% primarily consisting of derivative financial instruments. Level 2 liabilities are comprised solely of derivative financial instruments. Investment securities are principally valued by external pricing vendors or in limited cases internally, based on similar securities. Northern Trust has a well established process to validate all prices received from pricing vendors as discussed more fully in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. contracts. Derivative As of December 31, 2012, all derivative assets and liabilities were classified in Level 2 and approximately 96%, measured on a notional value basis, related to client-related and trading activities, predominantly consisting of foreign valued exchange internally using widely accepted income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted markets and reflect contractual terms of contracts. Northern Trust evaluated the impact of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments. Factors considered included the likelihood of default by instruments are the and its counterparties, remaining Northern Trust maturities of the instruments, net exposures after giving effect to master netting agreements, available collateral, and other credit enhancements in determining the appropriate fair value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments are not considered material. As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets and liabilities were $97.8 million and $50.1 million, respectively, and represented approximately 0.3% of assets and 7.5% of liabilities carried at fair value, respectively. Level 3 assets consist of auction rate securities purchased from Northern Trust clients. To estimate the fair value of auction rate securities, for which trading is limited and market prices are generally unavailable, Northern Trust developed and maintains a pricing model that discounts estimated cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. Significant inputs to the model include the contractual terms of the securities, credit risk ratings, discount rates, forward interest rates, credit/liquidity spreads, and Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities. As of December 31, 2012, Level 3 liabilities consist of acquisition related contingent consideration liabilities. The fair values of these contingent consideration liabilities have been determined using an income-based (discounted cash flow) model incorporates Northern Trust’s own assumptions about business growth rates and applicable discount rates. that While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. I M P L E M E N T A T I O N O F A C C O U N T I N G S T A N D A R D S Information related to recent accounting pronouncements is contained in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. C A P I T A L E X P E N D I T U R E S Proposed significant capital expenditures are reviewed and approved by Northern Trust’s senior management and, where appropriate, by the Board. This process is designed to assure that the major projects to which Northern Trust commits its resources produce benefits compatible with its strategic goals. ongoing in enhancements to Northern Trust’s hardware and software expenditures included Capital 2012 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 39 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S capabilities, the opening of new offices, and the expansion, renovation and infrastructure improvements of several existing offices. Capital expenditures for 2012 totaled $312.5 million, of which $239.2 million was for software, $45.3 million was for computer hardware and machinery, $25.7 million was for building and leasehold improvements, and $2.3 million was for furnishings. These capital expenditures are designed principally to support and enhance Northern Trust’s transaction processing, investment management, and asset servicing capabilities, as well as relationship management and client interaction. Additional capital expenditures planned for systems technology will result in and future amortization of software. Depreciation on computer hardware and machinery and software amortization are charged to equipment and software expense. Depreciation on building and leasehold improvements and on furnishings is charged to occupancy expense and equipment expense, respectively. Capital expenditures for 2011 totaled $371.1 million, of which $274.2 million was for software, $57.4 million was for computer hardware and machinery, $27.9 million was for building and leasehold improvements, and $11.6 million was for furnishings. the depreciation of hardware expense for O F F - B A L A N C E S H E E T A R R A N G E M E N T S Assets Under Custody and Assets Under Management Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, holds assets under custody, management and servicing in a fiduciary or agency capacity for its clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not assets of Northern Trust and are not included in its consolidated balance sheet. Financial Guarantees and Indemnifications Northern Trust issues financial guarantees in the form of standby letters of credit to meet the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. Standby letters of credit obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of its clients, if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public and private financial commitments, including commercial paper, bond financing, initial margin requirements on futures exchanges and similar transactions. Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as its lending activities. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in 40 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N certain cases is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants. Standby letters of totaled $4.6 billion at credit December 31, 2012 and $4.3 billion at 2011. These amounts include $557.7 million and $608.2 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The weighted average maturity of standby letters of credit was 27 months at December 31, 2012 and 2011. As part of its securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, Northern Trust lends securities owned by clients to borrowers who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Senior Credit Committee. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral required to be posted. Borrowers are required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 subject to indemnification was $69.7 billion and $74.4 billion, respectively. Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is not significant and no liability was recorded related to these indemnifications. Variable Interests Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) are defined within GAAP as entities which either have a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S the property with substantially all of the lease, and typically funds 20% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 80% provided by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee use the rights and of obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs given it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. invests is driven by the performance of Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust in community development projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and Northern Trust typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the community development projects, which are deemed to be their underlying VIEs, investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs as it lacks the power to direct the activities economic performance of the underlying project or to affect the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. significantly impact that most the Trust Preferred Securities. As discussed in further detail in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1997, Northern Trust issued Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A and Series B, through statutory business trusts wholly- owned by the Corporation (“NTC Capital I” and “NTC Capital II”, respectively). The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. NTC Capital I and NTC Capital II are considered VIEs; however, as the sole asset of each trust is a receivable from the Corporation and the proceeds to the Corporation from the receivable exceed the Corporation’s investment in the VIEs’ equity shares, the Corporation is not permitted to consolidate even though the the Corporation owns all of the voting equity shares of the trusts, has fully guaranteed the trusts’ obligations, and has the right to redeem the preferred securities in certain circumstances. trusts, Investment Funds. Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. As an asset manager of funds, the Corporation earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs under GAAP. in Note 27 to the As discussed in further detail in November 2011, statements, consolidated financial Northern Trust purchased $90 million of securities at par from three investment funds (Funds). The securities were purchased to avoid the risk of the Funds being downgraded which could have forced certain holders to liquidate their investments. Northern Trust incurred a pre-tax charge of $2 million in connection with these actions and, subsequently, had no further obligations related to these actions. All of the $90 million of securities purchased from the Funds matured at par during the year ended December 31, 2012. As Northern Trust has no plans to provide any support additional to that which is noted above, there is no exposure to loss from the implicit interest in the Funds as of December 31, 2012. Under GAAP, the above actions reflected Northern Trust’s implicit interest in the credit risk of the affected Funds. Implicit interests are required to be considered when determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Funds were designed to create and pass to investors interest rate and credit risk. In determining whether Northern Trust was the primary beneficiary of these Funds, an expected loss calculation based on the characteristics of the underlying investments in the Funds was used to estimate the expected losses related to interest rate and credit risk, while also considering the relative rights and obligations of each of the variable interest holders. This analysis concluded that interest rate risk was the primary driver of expected losses within the Funds. As such, Northern Trust determined that it was not the primary beneficiary of the Funds and was not required to consolidate them within its consolidated balance sheet. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 41 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S L I Q U I D I T Y A N D C A P I T A L R E S O U R C E S Liquidity Risk Management The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that Northern Trust can meet its cash flow obligations under both normal and adverse economic conditions while maintaining its ability to capitalize on business opportunities in a timely and cost effective manner. The liquidity of the Corporation is managed separately from that of the Bank which encompasses all of Northern Trust’s U.S. and international banking activities. Governance and Risk Management Framework Northern Trust manages its liquidity under a global risk management framework, incorporating regional policies, limits and management when appropriate. Corporate liquidity policies, risk appetite and limits are reviewed annually by the Business Risk Committee of the Board and approved by the Board. Management’s Corporate Asset and Liability Policy Committee (ALCO) is responsible for recommending liquidity policies to the Board, establishing internal guidelines, approving contingency plans, assessing Northern Trust’s overall liquidity status, and reviewing reports and analyses on a regular basis. The Corporate Treasury department has the day-to-day responsibility for measuring, analyzing and managing liquidity risk within the guidelines and limits established by ALCO and the Board. Northern Trust’s Global Liquidity Management framework focuses on five key areas: Position Management; Modeling and Analysis; Contingency Planning; Peer Group Comparisons and Management Reporting; while providing for the review and management of the Corporation separate from that of the Bank. It is through this framework that management monitors its sources and uses of liquidity, evaluates their level of stability under various circumstances, plans for adverse situations, benchmarks itself against other banks, provides information to management, and complies with various U.S. and international regulations. the liquidity of Northern Trust Consolidated Liquidity Management includes daily monitoring of cash Position management positions and anticipating future funding requirements given both internal and external events. As the Corporation’s principal subsidiary encompassing all of Northern Trust’s banking activities, the Bank centrally manages liquidity for all U.S. and international banking operations. Liquidity is provided by a variety of sources, including client deposits (institutional and personal) from our C&IS and PFS businesses, wholesale funding from the capital markets, maturities of short-term investments, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and unencumbered liquid assets that can be sold or pledged to secure additional funds. 42 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N While management does not view the Federal Reserve’s discount window as a primary source of liquidity, at December 31, 2012 the Bank had over $20 billion of securities and loans readily available as collateral to support discount window borrowings. The Bank is also very active in the U.S. interbank funding market, providing an important source of additional liquidity and low-cost funds. Liquidity is used by a variety of activities, including client withdrawals, purchases of securities, net loan growth, and draws on unfunded commitments to extend credit. Northern Trust maintains a very liquid balance sheet with loans and leases total assets as of December 31, 2012. Further, at December 31, 2012 there were significant sources of liquidity within the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet in the form of demand balances held in various currencies, securities available for sale and short-term money market assets. Unencumbered securities at the Bank, which include those placed at the Federal Reserve discount window, totaled $28 billion at December 31, 2012. representing only 30% of Liquidity modeling and analysis evaluates a bank’s ability to meet its cash flow obligations given a variety of possible internal and external events and under different economic conditions. Northern Trust uses liquidity modeling to support its contingent liquidity plans, gain insight into its liquidity position and strengthen its liquidity policies and practices. Liquidity modeling is performed using multiple independent scenarios, across major currencies, at a consolidated corporate level and for various U.S. and international banking subsidiaries. These scenarios, which include both company specific and systemic events, analyze potential impacts on our domestic and foreign deposit balances, wholesale funding sources, financial market access, external borrowing capacity and off-balance sheet obligations. Results are reviewed by senior management and ALCO on a regular basis. is the development and maintenance of Another important area of Northern Trust’s liquidity risk management its contingent liquidity plans. A global contingent liquidity action plan covering the Corporation, Bank and major subsidiaries is approved by ALCO and regularly updated and tested. This plan, which can be activated in the event of an actual liquidity responsibilities and defines crisis, details organizational specific actions designed to ensure the proper maintenance of liquidity during periods of stress. In addition, international banking subsidiaries have individual contingent liquidity plans, which incorporate the global plan. Northern Trust also analyzes its liquidity profile against a peer group of large U.S. bank holding companies, including other major custody banks. This analysis provides management with benchmarking information, highlights industry trends, and supports the establishment of new policies and strategies. M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Management regularly reviews various reports, analyses and other information depicting changes in Northern Trust’s liquidity mix and funding concentrations, overall financial market conditions and other internal and external liquidity metrics. Management uses this information to evaluate the overall status of Northern Trust’s liquidity position and anticipate potential events that could stress that position in the future. An overall Liquidity Status Level for Northern Trust, established and regularly reviewed by ALCO, is monitored on an ongoing basis by the Corporate Treasury department. resulting from internal, Downgrades specific pre- external or determined actions and limits designed to position Northern Trust to better respond to potential liquidity stresses. in liquidity status industry-wide events, trigger Corporation Liquidity securities and money market to note holders; purchases of The liquidity of the Corporation is managed separately from that of the Bank. The primary sources of cash for the Corporation are issuance of debt, dividend payments from its subsidiaries, issuance of equity, and interest and dividends earned on investment assets. The Corporation’s uses of cash consist mainly of dividend payments to the Corporation’s stockholders; the payment of principal and its common stock; interest investments in, or loans, to its subsidiaries; and acquisitions. The most significant uses of cash by the Corporation during 2012 were $354.3 million of common dividends paid to stockholders, $206.9 million of debt maturities, and $162.4 million of common share repurchases. Debt maturities during 2012 include the maturity of 5.20% fixed-rate senior notes in November of 2012 and the maturities of certain Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings throughout the year. On August 2, 2012, the Corporation issued $500 million of 2.38% fixed-rate senior notes due August 2, 2022. These notes are non-callable, unsecured and were issued at a discount to yield 2.407%. During 2012, the Corporation received $440.0 million of dividends from the Bank. Dividends from the Bank are subject to certain restrictions, as discussed in further detail in Note 29 to the consolidated financial statements. During 2013, the Bank has the ability to pay dividends equal to its 2013 eligible net profits plus $328.8 million. As described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, Northern Trust has elected to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of certain non- US subsidiaries of the Bank approximating $814.9 million at December 31, 2012. This election, however, does not reduce the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. The Corporation’s liquidity, defined as the amount of highly marketable assets, was $1.70 billion at year-end 2012 and $1.28 billion at year-end 2011. During, and at year-end, 2012 and 2011, these assets were comprised almost entirely of overnight money market placements which were fully available to the Corporation to support its own cash flow requirements or those of its subsidiary companies, as needed. Average liquidity during 2012 and 2011 was $1.59 billion and $1.29 billion, respectively. The cash flows of the Corporation are shown in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements. A significant source of liquidity for both the Corporation and the Bank is the ability to draw funding from capital markets globally. The availability and cost of these funds are influenced by our credit rating; as a result, a downgrade could have an adverse impact on our liquidity. The credit ratings of the Corporation and the Bank as of December 31, 2012, provided below, allow Northern Trust to access capital markets on favorable terms. Northern Trust Corporation: Commercial Paper Senior Debt Outlook The Northern Trust Company: Short-Term Deposit / Debt Long-Term Deposit / Debt Outlook CREDIT RATING STANDARD & POOR’S MOODY’S FITCHRATINGS A-1 A+ Stable P-1 A1 Stable F1+ AA- Stable AA-/A-1+ AA-/A-1+ Stable P-1/P-1 Aa3/A1 Stable F1+/F1+ AA/AA- Stable A significant downgrade in one or more of these ratings could limit Northern Trust’s access to capital markets and/or increase the rates paid for short-term borrowings, including deposits, and future long-term debt issuances. The size of these rate increases would depend on multiple factors including, the extent of the downgrade, Northern Trust’s relative debt rating compared to other financial institutions, current market conditions, and other factors. In addition, as discussed in Note 25 to Consolidated Financial Statements, Northern Trust enters into certain master netting agreements with derivative counterparties that contain credit-risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash settlement of any net derivative liability in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified levels. The maximum amount of these termination payments that Northern Trust could have been required to pay at December 31, 2012 was $23.5 million. Other than these credit-risk-related contingent derivative counterparty payments, Northern Trust had no long term debt covenants or other credit risk related payments at December 31, 2012 that would be triggered by a significant downgrade in its debt ratings. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 43 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S The following table shows Northern Trust’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2012. C O N T R A C T U A L O B L I G A T I O N S PAYMENT DUE BY PERIOD (In Millions) Senior Notes(1) Subordinated Debt(1) Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings(1) Floating Rate Capital Debt(1) Capital Lease Obligations(2) Operating Leases(2) Purchase Obligations(3) Total Contractual Obligations TOTAL $2,405.8 1,045.4 335.0 277.0 56.4 709.7 412.7 $5,242.0 ONE YEAR AND LESS $ 409.6 200.0 200.0 – 8.1 83.9 105.6 $1,007.2 1-3 YEARS $ 500.0 242.3 135.0 – 16.7 144.6 165.7 $1,204.3 4-5 YEARS $ – 240.8 – – 16.2 121.5 96.9 $475.4 OVER 5 YEARS $1,496.2 362.3 – 277.0 15.4 359.7 44.5 $2,555.1 Note: Obligations as shown do not include deposit liabilities or interest requirements on funding sources. (1) Refer to Notes 12 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further details. (2) Refer to Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for further details. (3) Purchase obligations consist primarily of ongoing operating costs related to outsourcing arrangements for certain cash management services and the support and maintenance of the Corporation’s technological requirements. Certain obligations are in the form of variable rate contracts and, in some instances, 2012 activity was used as a base to project future obligations. the liquidity risk for In January 2013, the management of Regulatory Environment In recent years, U.S. regulatory agencies took various actions in order to improve liquidity in the financial markets. One of those actions was the establishment by the FDIC in October of 2008 of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Among other provisions, this program guaranteed funds over $250,000 in noninterest-bearing, and certain interest-bearing, transaction deposit accounts held at FDIC insured banks. This additional FDIC protection above $250,000 expired on December 31, 2012. In addition, U.S. and international regulatory agencies have proposed certain new rules and finalized others that financial address institutions. International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, issued revised rules for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) originally proposed in December 2010. Individual country regulators, including the Federal Reserve, are now expected to develop specific regulations for financial institutions under their jurisdiction. The LCR will be phased in for large international financial institutions between 2015 and 2019. The Basel Committee also proposed a Net Stable Funding Ratio in December 2010 which is scheduled to be implemented in the Federal Reserve January 2018. proposed Enhanced Prudential Standards for large bank holding companies, including the Corporation. Among other items, this proposal would implement new liquidity risk management requirements for bank holding companies, such as the Corporation, with at least $50 billion of consolidated assets. Also, in March 2010, U.S. regulatory agencies issued a joint Interagency Policy Statement on Funding and Liquidity Risk Management. Northern Trust actively follows these regulatory developments and regularly evaluates its liquidity In December 2011, 44 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N framework against these proposals and risk management industry best practices in order to comply with applicable regulations and further enhance its liquidity policies. Capital Management clients, One of Northern Trust’s primary objectives is to maintain a strong capital position to merit and maintain the confidence of and stockholders. A strong capital position helps Northern Trust take advantage of profitable investment opportunities and withstand unforeseen adverse developments. investing public, bank regulators the Northern Trust manages its capital on a total Corporation basis and on a legal entity basis. The Corporate Treasury department has the day-to-day responsibility for measuring and managing capital levels within standards established by the Capital Management Policy and the Board of Directors. The management regional capital management when appropriate. In establishing the standards for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of Northern Trust’s businesses, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings. involves also of Capital levels were strengthened as average common equity in 2012 increased 5% or $363.5 million reaching $7.55 billion. Total stockholders’ equity was $7.53 billion at December 31, 2012, as compared to $7.12 billion at December 31, 2011. The Corporation declared common dividends totaling $286.9 million in 2012 and, in March 2012, the Board increased the quarterly dividend by 7% to $0.30 per common share. The Corporation’s share buyback program is used for general corporate purposes, including management the of Corporation purchased 3,516,254 of its own common shares level. During 2012, the Corporation’s capital M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S at an average price per share of $46.32 in connection with equity based compensation plans. The Corporation’s common stock repurchase authorization was replaced in March of 2012, pursuant to which the Corporation is authorized to purchase up to 6.8 million additional shares after December 31, 2012. C A P I T A L A D E Q U A C Y ($ In Millions) TIER 1 CAPITAL Common Stockholders’ Equity Floating Rate Capital Securities Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available for Sale Net Unrealized Losses on Cash Flow Hedges Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net of deferred tax liability Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments Other Total Tier 1 Capital TIER 2 CAPITAL Qualifying Allowance for Credit Losses Qualifying Subordinated Debt Total Tier 2 Capital Total Risk-Based Capital Risk-Weighted Assets(1) Total Assets – End of Period (EOP) Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets(2) Total Loans and Leases – EOP RATIOS Risk-Based Capital Ratios Tier 1 Total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) Tier 1 Leverage Tier 1 Common Equity(3) COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY TO Total Loans and Leases EOP Total Assets EOP DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 7,527.0 268.7 (101.0) 1.4 (599.5) 393.1 (0.7) $ 7,117.3 268.6 (39.8) 7.0 (617.6) 368.9 0.2 7,489.0 7,104.6 295.1 556.7 851.8 $ 8,340.8 $58,316.1 $97,463.8 90,873.7 29,504.5 281.6 679.0 960.6 $ 8,065.2 $ 56,666.6 $100,223.7 97,297.9 29,063.9 12.8% 14.3 8.2 12.4 25.51% 7.72 12.5% 14.2 7.3 12.1 24.49% 7.10 (1) Assets exclude amounts related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities and reflect adjustments for excess allowances for credit losses that have been excluded from tier 1 and tier 2 capital, if any. (2) Assets exclude amounts related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities. (3) A reconciliation of tier 1 common equity to tier 1 capital calculated under GAAP is provided below. The following table provides a reconciliation of tier 1 common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure which excludes floating rate capital securities, to tier 1 capital calculated in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and GAAP. ($ In Millions) Tier 1 Capital Less: Floating Rate Capital Securities Tier 1 Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio Tier 1 Common Equity Ratio DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $7,489.0 268.7 $7,104.6 268.6 7,220.3 6,836.0 12.8% 12.4% 12.5% 12.1% In addition to its capital ratios prepared in accordance with regulatory requirements and GAAP, Northern Trust is providing the ratio of tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets as it is a measure that the Corporation and investors use to assess capital adequacy. At December 31, 2012, the Corporation’s tier 1 capital ratio was 12.8% and its total capital ratio was 14.3% of risk- weighted assets, both well above the ratios that are a requirement for regulatory classification as “well-capitalized”. The “well-capitalized” minimum ratios are 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. The Corporation’s leverage ratio (tier 1 capital to fourth quarter average assets) of 8.2% is also well above the “well-capitalized” minimum requirement of In addition, the Bank had a ratio of 11.9% for tier 1 capital, 13.7% for total risk-based capital, and 7.6% for leverage, and each of the Corporation’s non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements. 5.0%. The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel I, are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 45 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S The Corporation also is subject to the Basel II framework for risk-based capital adequacy. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have issued final rules with respect to implementation of the Basel II framework. Under the final Basel II rules, the Corporation is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations. As a result, the Corporation and the Bank will be required to use the advanced approaches under Basel II for calculating risk-based capital risk and operational risk, instead of the methodology reflected in the regulations effective prior to adoption of Basel II. The rules also require core banking organizations to have rigorous processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy. related to credit The Corporation has for several years been preparing to comply with the advanced approaches of the Basel II framework. The Corporation is also addressing issues related to implementation timing differences between the U.S. and other jurisdictions, to ensure that the Corporation and its depository institution subsidiaries comply with regulatory requirements and expectations in all jurisdictions where they operate. Current results from a required parallel run of the Basel II risk-based capital framework have demonstrated that the use of the advanced approaches of the Basel II framework have not resulted in the Corporation’s or its U.S. subsidiary banks’ tier 1 capital or total risk-based capital ratios falling below the levels required for categorization as “well capitalized.” On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, known as Basel III. The Basel III calibration and phase-in arrangements were previously endorsed by the Seoul G20 Leaders Summit in November 2010, and will be subject to individual adoption by member nations, including the U.S. Under these standards, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, banking institutions will be required to satisfy three risk-based capital ratios: ‰ A tier 1 common equity ratio of at least 7.0%, inclusive of 4.5% minimum tier 1 common equity ratio, net of regulatory deductions, and the new 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” of common equity to risk-weighted assets; A tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%, inclusive of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer; and A total capital ratio of at least 10.5%, inclusive of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer. ‰ ‰ The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a tier 1 common equity ratio above the minimum but below the conservation buffer may face constraints on dividends, equity 46 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N repurchases and compensation based on the amount of such shortfall. The Basel Committee also announced that a “countercyclical buffer” of 0% to 2.5% of common equity or other loss-absorbing capital “will be implemented according to national circumstances” as an “extension” of the conservation buffer during periods of excess credit growth. Basel I and Basel II do not include a leverage requirement as an international standard. However, Basel III introduces a non-risk adjusted tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The increases to the minimum common equity and tier 1 capital ratios were to be phased-in over two years beginning on January 1, 2013, with the full increases taking effect on January 1, 2015. However, on November 9, 2012, U.S. regulators announced that the implementation of Basel III’s minimum common equity and tier 1 capital ratio increases will be delayed until an undetermined future date. These increases will be followed by a three-year phase-in, beginning on January 1, 2016, of the capital conservation buffer, with the full 2.5% buffer requirement taking effect on January 1, 2019. Basel III also provides for the deduction of certain assets from capital (deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing rights, investments in financial firms and pension assets, among others, within prescribed limitations), the inclusion of other comprehensive income in capital, and increased capital for counterparty credit risk. The phase-in period for the capital deductions is proposed to occur in 20 percent increments starting January 1, 2014, with full implementation by January 1, 2018. The federal banking agencies will likely implement changes to the current capital adequacy standards applicable to the Corporation and the Bank in light of Basel III. If adopted by federal banking agencies, Basel III could lead to significantly higher capital requirements and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. The ultimate impact of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Corporation and the Bank is currently being reviewed and will depend on a number of factors, including the rulemaking and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators. The Corporation cannot determine the ultimate subsequent regulations, if enacted, would have upon the Corporation’s earnings or financial position. In addition, significant questions remain as to how the capital and liquidity mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act will be integrated with the requirements of Basel III. However, as the Corporation currently understands Basel III, it believes its capital strength, balance sheet and business model leave it well positioned for Basel III. legislation, or that potential effect M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S R I S K M A N A G E M E N T Overview and Benefits Committee The Board provides risk oversight of management through its Audit, Business Strategy, Compensation and Benefits, and Business Risk Committees. The Audit Committee provides oversight with respect to risks relating to financial reporting and the legal component of compliance risk. The Business to Strategy Committee provides oversight with respect strategic risk for the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Compensation all compensation arrangements and practices and assesses the extent practices appropriately balance risks taken with related incentives. The Business Risk Committee provides oversight with respect to the following risks inherent in Northern Trust’s businesses: credit risk, and liquidity operational risk and the regulatory component of compliance risk. The Chief Risk Officer oversees the management of these risks, promotes risk awareness, and fosters a proactive risk management environment wherein risks inherent in business strategy are understood and appropriately mitigated. arrangements risk, market to which fiduciary reviews such risk, and The Business Risk Committee has approved a Corporate articulating Northern Trust’s Risk Appetite Statement expectation that risk is consciously considered as part of strategic decisions and in day-to-day activities. Northern Trust’s business units are expected to manage business activities consistent with the Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. A Senior Risk Management Officer (SRMO) is assigned to each of Northern Trust’s business units. Each SRMO chairs a risk committee for their respective business unit on a regular basis and reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer. Each business unit risk committee rolls up to the Global Enterprise Risk Committee. The Global Enterprise Risk Committee is comprised of members of Northern Trust’s senior management and rolls up to the Business Risk Committee, a committee of Northern Trust Corporation’s Board of Directors. Risk tolerances are further detailed in separate strategic, credit, operational, market, fiduciary and compliance risk policies and appetite statements. Various corporate committees and oversight entities have been established to review and approve risk management strategies, standards, management practices and tolerance levels. These committees and entities monitor and provide periodic reporting to the respective committees of the Board on risk performance and effectiveness of risk management processes. Northern Trust’s assessment of risks is built upon its risk universe, a foundational component of Northern Trust’s integrated Enterprise Wide Risk Management Framework. The risk universe represents the major risk categories and sub- categories to which Northern Trust may be exposed through its business activities. RISK CATEGORY Credit RISK MEASUREMENT RISK TO EARNINGS AND/OR CAPITAL RESULTING FROM: Obligor and Counterparty Risk Failure of a borrower or counterparty to perform on an obligation. Operational; Fiduciary; Compliance Operational Risk Inadequate or failed internal process, people and systems; or from external events. Market and Liquidity Market Risk – Trading Book Changes in the value of trading positions. Strategic Interest Rate Risk – Banking Book Changes in interest rates. Liquidity Risk Strategy Risk Business Risk Funding needs during difficult markets. Adverse effects of business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions, unexpected external events. Adverse developments in the general business environment, which impact the entity’s results. Reputation Risk Damage to the entity’s reputation. Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management Securities Portfolio Northern Trust maintains a high quality securities portfolio, with 86% of the combined available for sale, held to maturity, and trading account portfolios at December 31, 2012 composed of U.S. Treasury and government sponsored agency securities and triple-A rated corporate notes, asset-backed securities, supranational and sovereign bonds, auction rate securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions. The remaining portfolio was composed of corporate notes, asset-backed securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, obligations of states and political subdivisions, auction rate securities and other securities, of which as a percentage of the total securities portfolio, 4% were rated double-A, 2% were rated below double- A, and 8% were not rated by Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service (primarily negotiable certificates of deposits of banks whose long term ratings are at least A). N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 47 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S At December 31, 2012, 44% of corporate notes were rated triple-A, 36% were rated double-A, and 20% were rated below double-A. Residential mortgage-backed securities rated below double-A, which represented 96% of residential mortgage-backed securities, had a total amortized cost and fair value of $98.6 million and $88.2 million, respectively, and were comprised primarily of subprime, prime, and Alt-A securities. Securities classified as “other asset-backed” at December 31, 2012 had average lives of less than 5 years, and 99% were rated triple-A. total Investment Impairment of Total unrealized losses within the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2012 were $30.2 million as compared to $85.0 million at December 31, 2011. The $54.8 million decrease in unrealized losses from the prior year end primarily reflects the improved valuations of residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities due to improving credit markets and the tightening of credit spreads during 2012. As discussed above in the “Critical Accounting Estimates – Other- Than-Temporary Securities” section, processes are in place to provide for the timely identification of OTTI. Losses totaling $3.3 million were recognized in 2012 in connection with the write-down of securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, as compared with $23.3 million in 2011 and $21.2 million in 2010. The remaining securities with unrealized losses within Northern Trust’s portfolio as of December 31, 2012 are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. However, additional OTTI may occur in future periods as a result of market or other economic conditions. Northern Trust in the repurchase is a participant agreement market. This market provides a relatively low cost alternative for short-term funding. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase. contractual obligations such as legally binding unfunded commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. These contractual obligations and arrangements are discussed in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements and are presented in tables that follow. Northern Trust focuses its lending efforts on clients who are looking to utilize a full range of financial services with Northern Trust. Credit risk is managed through the Credit Policy function, which is designed to assure adherence to a high level of credit standards. Credit Policy reports to the Corporation’s Chief Risk Officer. Credit Policy provides a system of checks and balances for Northern Trust’s diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout Northern Trust and promoting their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis and reduce overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to Northern Trust’s use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest risk management instruments. levels, Individual credit authority for commercial and personal loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to the appropriate Credit Approval Committee (Committee). Each Committee is chaired by the executive in charge of the area or their designee and has a Credit Policy officer as a voting participant. Each Committee’s credit approval authority is specified, based on risk ratings and maturities. Credits commitment involving commitment exposure in excess of these limits require the approval of the Senior Credit Committee. All exposures approved by the Committees and the Senior Credit Committee require unanimous approval of all voting members. The Counterparty Risk Management Committee established by Credit Policy manages counterparty risk. This committee has sole credit authority for exposure to all non- U.S. banks, certain U.S. banks which Credit Policy deems to be counterparties and which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Corporation, and certain other exposures. Under the direction of Credit Policy, country exposure the Counterparty Risk Management Committee on a country-by- country basis. reviewed and approved by limits are Loans and Other Extensions of Credit Credit risk is inherent in many of Northern Trust’s activities. A significant component of credit risk relates to the loan in certain In addition, credit risk is inherent portfolio. As part of its credit process, Northern Trust utilizes an internal borrower risk rating system to support identification, approval, and monitoring of credit risk. Borrower risk ratings are used in credit underwriting, management reporting, 48 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S setting of loss allowances, and economic capital calculations. Borrower risk ratings are discussed further in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. to deal with potential problems. Credit Policy oversees a range of portfolio reviews that focus on significant and/or weaker-rated credits. This approach allows management to take remedial action in an effort In addition, independent from Credit Policy, the Credit Review Unit undertakes both on-site and off-site file reviews that evaluate effectiveness of management’s implementation of Credit Policy’s requirements. Northern Trust maintains a borrower loan watch list for credits with borrower ratings of “6 to 9”. These credits, which include all nonperforming credits, are expected to exhibit minimally acceptable probabilities of default, elevated risk of default, or are currently in default. Loans outstanding to watch list borrowers associated with these risk profiles that are not currently in default but have limited financial flexibility totaled $677.3 million at December 31, 2012. Cash flows and capital levels range from acceptable to potentially insufficient to meet current requirements and borrowers typically have minimal cushion in adverse down cycle scenarios. An integral part of the Credit Policy function is a formal review of past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on nonperforming status or charged off. As more fully described in the “Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses” section below, the provision for credit losses has been determined, through a disciplined credit review process, to be the amount needed to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level to absorb probable credit losses that have been identified with specific borrower relationships (specific loss component) and for probable losses that are believed to be inherent in the loan and lease portfolios, unfunded commitments, and standby letters of credit (inherent loss component). C O M P O S I T I O N O F L O A N P O R T F O L I O DECEMBER 31, (In Millions) Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal Total Loans and Leases 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 $ 7,468.5 2,859.8 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 $ 6,918.7 2,981.7 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 $ 5,914.5 3,242.4 1,063.7 1,046.2 346.6 $ 6,312.1 3,213.2 1,004.4 728.5 457.5 $ 8,293.4 3,014.0 1,143.8 1,791.7 909.6 $12,897.2 $12,354.3 $11,613.4 $11,715.7 $15,152.5 $10,375.2 6,130.1 102.0 $10,708.9 5,651.4 349.3 $10,854.9 5,423.7 240.0 $10,807.7 5,004.4 277.9 $10,381.4 4,832.2 389.3 $16,607.3 $16,709.6 $16,518.6 $16,090.0 $15,602.9 $29,504.5 $29,063.9 $28,132.0 $27,805.7 $30,755.4 S U M M A R Y O F O F F - B A L A N C E S H E E T F I N A N C I A L I N S T R U M E N T S W I T H C O N T R A C T A M O U N T S T H A T R E P R E S E N T C R E D I T R I S K (In Millions) Unfunded Commitments to Extend Credit One Year and Less Over One Year Total Standby Letters of Credit Commercial Letters of Credit Custody Securities Lent with Indemnification DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 9,092.3 20,953.4 $10,135.1 18,567.1 $30,045.7 $28,702.2 $ 4,573.7 27.9 69,739.2 $ 4,293.4 23.4 74,400.5 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 49 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S U N F U N D E D C O M M I T M E N T S T O E X T E N D C R E D I T A T D E C E M B E R 3 1 , 2 0 1 2 B Y I N D U S T R Y S E C T O R (In Millions) Commercial Commercial and Institutional Industry Sector Finance and Insurance Holding Companies Manufacturing Mining Public Administration Retail Trade Services Transportation and Warehousing Utilities Wholesale Trade Other Commercial Commercial and Institutional (Note) Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal Total COMMITMENT EXPIRATION TOTAL COMMITMENTS ONE YEAR AND LESS OVER ONE YEAR OUTSTANDING LOANS $ 3,376.1 29.9 7,130.5 558.1 68.5 960.8 6,001.0 278.0 1,333.5 872.2 285.3 $20,893.9 97.4 – 1,013.0 1,428.1 $1,188.7 29.9 475.6 210.2 13.6 131.5 1,788.9 3.5 25.0 173.8 126.6 $4,167.3 25.6 – 799.5 708.0 $ 2,187.4 – 6,654.9 347.9 54.9 829.3 4,212.1 274.5 1,308.5 698.4 158.7 $16,726.6 71.8 – 213.5 720.1 $23,432.4 $5,700.4 $17,732.0 1,226.4 4,969.1 417.8 154.0 3,030.8 207.1 1,072.4 1,938.3 210.7 $ 6,613.3 $3,391.9 $ 3,221.4 $30,045.7 $9,092.3 $20,953.4 $ 906.7 92.5 1,648.9 92.8 267.5 177.9 3,292.4 206.7 57.7 565.9 159.5 $ 7,468.5 2,859.8 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 $12,897.2 10,375.2 6,130.1 102.0 $16,607.3 $29,504.5 Note: Commercial and institutional industry sector information is presented on the basis of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS). NON-U.S. OUTSTANDINGS As used in this discussion, non-U.S. outstandings are cross- border outstandings as defined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. They consist of loans, acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, accrued interest and other monetary assets. Not included are letters of credit, loan commitments, and non-U.S. office local currency liabilities. Non-U.S. claims on residents funded by local outstandings related to a country are net of guarantees given by third parties resident outside the country and the value of tangible, liquid collateral held outside the country. However, transactions with branches of non-U.S. banks are included in these outstandings and are classified according to the country location of the non-U.S. bank’s head office. Short-term interbank time deposits with non-U.S. banks represent the largest category of non-U.S. outstandings. Northern Trust actively participates in the interbank market with U.S. and non-U.S. banks. International commercial lending activities also include import and export financing for U.S.-based clients. 50 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N Trust places Northern deposits with non-U.S. counterparties that have strong internal (Northern Trust) risk ratings and external credit ratings. These non-U.S. banks are approved and monitored by Northern Trust’s Counterparty Risk Management Committee, which has credit authority for exposure to all non-U.S. banks and approves credit limits. This process includes financial analysis of the non-U.S. banks, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external ratings from rating agencies. Each counterparty is reviewed at least annually and potentially more frequently based on deteriorating credit fundamentals or general market conditions. Separate from the entity-specific review process, the average life to maturity of deposits with non-U.S. banks is deliberately maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. Northern Trust also utilizes certain risk mitigation tools and agreements that may reduce exposures through use of cash collateral and/or balance sheet netting. M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Additionally, the Counterparty Risk Management Committee performs a country-risk analysis and imposes limits to country exposure. The following table provides information on non-U.S. outstandings by country that exceed 1.00% of Northern Trust’s assets. N O N - U . S . O U T S T A N D I N G S (In Millions) AT DECEMBER 31, 2012 Canada United Kingdom Australia Singapore Sweden France AT DECEMBER 31, 2011 Australia United Kingdom Singapore Netherlands France Switzerland Canada Sweden AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 Australia United Kingdom France Singapore Switzerland Spain BANKS $2,447 1,814 998 1,474 1,490 1,311 $ 2,513 2,943 2,604 1,466 1,501 1,225 1,113 1,108 $ 2,114 3,440 3,291 1,313 1,284 894 COMMERCIAL AND OTHER $ 8 156 636 17 – 125 $ 667 34 2 63 – 26 13 4 $3,159 30 – 14 17 – TOTAL $2,455 1,970 1,634 1,491 1,490 1,436 $ 3,180 2,977 2,606 1,529 1,501 1,251 1,126 1,112 $ 5,273 3,470 3,291 1,327 1,301 894 Countries whose aggregate outstandings totaled between 0.75% and 1.00% of total assets were as follows: Japan with aggregate outstandings of $914 million and Luxembourg with aggregate outstandings of $859 million at December 31, 2012, Finland with aggregate outstandings of $913 million, Hong Kong with aggregate outstandings of $845 million and Norway with aggregate outstandings of $841 million at December 31, 2011, Sweden with aggregate outstandings of $816 million and Canada with aggregate outstandings of $810 million at December 31, 2010. to those Trust countries eurozone Northern experiencing closely monitor continues developments related to the European debt crisis. Northern Trust considers Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain to significant be economic, fiscal and/or political strains. At December 31, 2012, Northern Trust’s gross exposure to obligors in Ireland totaled approximately $820 million, or less than 1% of Northern Trust’s total consolidated assets, and there was no exposure to obligors in Portugal, Italy, Greece or Spain. There was no exposure to sovereign debt securities at December 31, 2012. Of the total exposure to obligors in Ireland, $5 million was to banks and $815 million was to commercial and other borrowers, primarily funds domiciled in Ireland whose assets and investment activities are broadly diversified by investment strategy, issuer type, country of risk, and/or instrument type. Exposures to these borrowers in Ireland may be secured or unsecured, committed or uncommitted, but are typically for short periods of a year or less for foreign exchange, overdraft accommodations, and loans. Exposure levels at December 31, 2012 reflect Northern Trust’s risk management policies and practices, as discussed in further detail above, which operate to limit exposures risk European financial and sovereign entities. to higher N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 51 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND 90 DAY PAST DUE LOANS Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest can fluctuate widely at any reporting period based on the timing of cash collections, renegotiations and renewals. The following table presents nonperforming assets and loans that were delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing for the current and prior four years. N O N P E R F O R M I N G A S S E T S (In Millions) Nonperforming Loans and Leases Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Personal Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases Other Real Estate Owned Total Nonperforming Assets 90 Day Past Due Loans Still Accruing 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 DECEMBER 31, $ 21.6 56.4 78.0 $174.6 2.2 176.8 254.8 20.3 $275.1 $ 19.0 $ 31.3 79.5 110.8 $177.6 5.3 182.9 293.7 21.2 $314.9 $ 13.1 $ 58.0 116.4 174.4 $153.3 5.3 158.6 333.0 45.5 $378.5 $ 13.0 $ 48.5 109.3 157.8 $116.9 3.8 120.7 278.5 29.6 $308.1 $ 15.1 $ 21.3 35.8 57.1 $ 32.7 6.9 39.6 96.7 3.5 $100.2 $ 27.8 Nonperforming Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases 0.86% 1.01% 1.18% 1.00% .31% Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases to Nonperforming Loans and Leases 1.2 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.1 x 2.4 x Nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2012, while down from the levels in the prior three years, remain elevated from historical levels and continue to reflect the deterioration in overall economic conditions experienced since the onset of the economic downturn in 2008 and its effect on Northern Trust’s loan portfolio. The decrease in nonperforming loans from December 31, 2011 primarily reflects improvement within the commercial and institutional loans, while weakness persists within residential real estate and commercial real estate including loans. Changes the nonperforming loan balances, allowance for credit losses through the resultant adjustment of the specific allowance and of the qualitative factors used in the determination of the inherent allowance levels within the allowance for credit losses. Additional information regarding residential real estate and commercial real estate loans is provided below. quality, the level of credit impact in real estate RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE The loan portfolio is primarily residential composed of mortgages and home equity credit lines provided to clients with whom Northern Trust is seeking to establish a comprehensive financial services relationship. Residential real estate loans totaled $10.4 billion at December 31, 2012, or 52 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N support the origination of 37% of total U.S. loans, compared with $10.7 billion or 38% at December 31, 2011. All residential real estate loans are underwritten utilizing Northern Trust’s credit policies, which do not loan types generally considered to be of high risk in nature, such as option ARM loans, subprime loans, loans with initial “teaser” rates, and loans with excessively high loan-to-value ratios. Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and home equity credit lines, which generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Revaluations of supporting collateral for residential real estate loans are obtained upon refinancing or default or when otherwise considered warranted. Residential collateral revaluations are performed by independent third parties. estate real Of the total $10.4 billion in residential real estate loans, $3.2 billion were in the greater Chicago area, $2.5 billion were in Florida, and $1.6 billion were in California, with the the other geographic remainder distributed throughout regions within the U.S. served by Northern Trust. Commitments to extend residential real estate credit, which are primarily home equity credit lines, totaled $1.2 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S is the activity acquisition or COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE In managing its credit exposure, management has defined a commercial real estate loan as one where: (1) the borrower’s principal business the development of real estate for commercial purposes; (2) the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes, and loan repayment is expected to flow from the operation of the property; or (3) the loan repayment is expected to flow from the sale or refinance of real estate as a normal and ongoing part of the business. Unsecured lines of credit to firms or individuals engaged in commercial real estate endeavors are included without regard to the use of loan proceeds. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of commercial mortgages and construction, acquisition and development loans extended primarily to highly experienced developers and/or investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting standards generally reflect conservative loan-to- value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to borrowers through guarantees is also commonly required. the Commercial mortgage financing is provided for acquisition or refinancing of income producing properties. Cash flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans average approximately $1.7 million each and are primarily located in the Illinois, Florida, California, Texas, and Arizona markets. Construction, and development loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower will sell the project or refinance the loan through a commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion. acquisition The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types: (In Millions) Commercial Mortgages: Apartment/Multi-family Office Retail Industrial/ Warehouse Other Total Commercial Mortgages Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans Single Family Investment Other Commercial Real Estate Related 2012 2011 $ 652.9 621.4 614.5 312.5 148.7 $ 656.3 615.6 523.1 357.7 133.3 2,350.0 2,286.0 289.4 135.0 85.4 450.1 161.4 84.2 Total Commercial Real Estate Loans $2,859.8 $2,981.7 At December 31, 2012, legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real estate borrowers totaled $97.4 million and $103.7 million, respectively. At December binding commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $174.3 million and $111.8 million, respectively. legally 2011 31, IMPAIRED LOANS A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or when its terms have been modified as a concession resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring. All troubled debt restructurings are reported as impaired loans in the calendar year of their restructuring. In subsequent years, a troubled debt restructuring may cease being reported as impaired if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least six months. A loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to performing status if it satisfies the six month performance requirement; however, it will remain reported as impaired. As of December 31, 2012, impaired loans totaled $269.8 million and included $124.5 million of loans deemed troubled debt restructurings as compared to total impaired loans of $279.4 million at December 31, 2011 that included $113.3 million of loans deemed troubled debt restructurings. Impaired loans had $18.0 million and $32.8 million of the allowance for credit losses allocated to them at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Impaired loans are measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, dependent upon the level of certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established or a charge-off is recorded for the difference. Smaller balance (individually less than $250,000) homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 53 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows: (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 Balance at Beginning of Year Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Provision for Credit Losses Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates $328.9 (63.0) 36.7 (26.3) 25.0 $ 357.3 (116.3) 32.9 (83.4) 55.0 $ 340.6 (150.1) 6.9 (143.2) 160.0 – – (0.1) Balance at End of Year $327.6 $ 328.9 $ 357.3 A L L O C A T I O N O F T H E A L L O W A N C E F O R C R E D I T L O S S E S The provision for credit losses is the charge to current earnings that through a is determined by management, disciplined credit review process, to be the amount needed to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level to absorb probable credit losses that have been identified with specific borrower relationships (specific loss component) and for probable losses that are believed to be inherent in the loan and lease portfolios, unfunded commitments, and standby letters of credit (inherent loss component). The following table shows the specific portion of the allowance and the allocated inherent portion of and its components by loan category at December 31, 2012 and at each of the prior four year-ends. allowance the 2012 2011 DECEMBER 31, 2010 2009 2008 ALLOWANCE AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS $ 32.5 –% $ 47.3 –% $ 63.7 –% $ 43.8 –% $ 23.5 –% 79.2 80.6 5.5 3.4 – 168.7 110.9 15.5 – 126.4 25 10 4 4 1 44 35 21 – 56 90.0 77.1 1.8 4.7 – 173.6 92.0 16.0 – 108.0 24 10 3 4 1 42 37 20 1 58 113.6 76.7 1.3 3.8 – 195.4 81.6 16.6 – 98.2 21 11 4 4 1 41 39 19 1 59 137.6 65.6 1.4 4.9 – 209.5 66.8 20.5 – 87.3 23 11 4 3 1 42 39 18 1 58 114.7 43.8 3.3 7.4 – 169.2 37.0 21.4 – 58.4 27 10 3 6 3 49 34 16 1 51 $295.1 100% $281.6 100% $293.6 100% $296.8 100% $227.6 100% $327.6 100% $328.9 100% $357.3 100% $340.6 100% $251.1 100% $297.9 $294.8 $319.6 $309.2 $229.1 29.7 34.1 37.7 31.4 22.0 $327.6 $328.9 $357.3 $340.6 $251.1 1.01% 1.01% 1.14% 1.11% .74% ($ In Millions) Specific Allowance Allocated Inherent Allowance Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal Total Allocated Inherent Allowance Total Allowance for Credit Losses Allowance Assigned to: Loans and Leases Unfunded Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit Total Allowance for Credit Losses Allowance Assigned to Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases 54 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S SPECIFIC COMPONENT OF THE ALLOWANCE The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, collateral value, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. evaluation loans and of At December 31, 2012, the specific allowance component amounted to $32.5 million compared with $47.3 million at the end of 2011. The $14.8 million decrease primarily reflects a decrease in nonperforming loans attributable to restructurings and pay offs as a result of improvement in commercial and institutional loans, partially offset by additional allowances provided for new and existing nonperforming loans. The decrease in the specific component of the allowance from $63.7 million in 2010 to $47.3 million in 2011 primarily reflected charge-offs and principal paydowns, partially offset by additional allowances provided for new and existing nonperforming loans. INHERENT COMPONENT OF THE ALLOWANCE The inherent component of the allowance addresses exposure relating to probable but unidentified credit-related losses. The amount of the inherent loss allowance is based primarily on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various qualitative factors such as management’s evaluation of economic and business conditions and changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio. the nature and volume of The historical charge-off experience for each loan category is based on data from the current and preceding three years. Qualitative factors reviewed by management include changes in asset quality metrics, the portfolio, economic and business conditions, and in collateral valuations, such as property values, as well as other pertinent information. Changes in collateral values, delinquency ratios, portfolio volume and concentration, and other asset quality including management’s subjective evaluation of metrics, economic and business conditions, result in adjustments of qualitative allowance factors that are applied in the determination of inherent allowance requirements. The inherent component of the allowance also covers the credit exposure associated with undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit. To estimate the allowance for instruments, management uses credit conversion rates to determine the estimated amount that will be funded and assigns an allowance factor based on the methodology utilized for outstanding loans. losses on these The inherent portion of the allowance increased $13.5 million to $295.1 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $281.6 million at December 31, 2011, which decreased $12.0 million from $293.6 million at December 31, 2010. The current year increase in the inherent allowance reflects continued weakness in residential real estate loans in certain markets. The decrease in 2011 was driven by improvements in the commercial and institutional loan class, partially offset by continued weakness in residential real estate loans in certain markets. OVERALL ALLOWANCE The evaluation of the factors above resulted in a total allowance for credit losses of $327.6 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $328.9 million at the end of 2011. The allowance of $297.9 million assigned to loans and leases, as a percentage of and leases, was 1.01% at December 31, 2012, unchanged from December 31, 2011. loans total Allowances assigned to unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credits totaled $29.7 million and $34.1 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. PROVISION The provision for credit losses was $25.0 million for 2012 and net charge-offs totaled $26.3 million. This compares with a $55.0 million provision for credit losses and net charge-offs of $83.4 million in 2011, and a $160.0 million provision for credit losses and net charge-offs of $143.2 million in 2010. Market Risk Management Overview interest rate To ensure adherence to Northern Trust’s and foreign currency risk management policies, ALCO establishes and monitors guidelines designed to control the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The guidelines apply to both on- and off-balance sheet positions. The goal of the ALCO process is to maximize earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet and carefully controlling interest rate and foreign currency risk. Asset/Liability Management include activities lending, Asset/liability management accepting and placing deposits, investing in securities, issuing debt, and hedging interest rate and foreign currency risk with derivative financial instruments. The primary market risk associated with asset/liability management activities is interest rate risk and, to a lesser degree, foreign currency risk. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 55 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S assets, and off-balance INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital due to changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can have a positive or negative impact on earnings depending on the sheet liabilities positioning of instruments. The impact to earnings will primarily come through net interest income, but it can also impact certain types of fees. Changes in interest rates can also impact the liabilities, and off-balance sheet positions, values of assets, which indirectly impact the value of capital. There are four commonly recognized types of interest rate risk: repricing, which arises from differences in the maturity and repricing terms of assets and liabilities; yield curve, which arises from changes in the shape of the yield curve; basis, which arises from the changing relationships between rates earned and paid on different financial instruments with otherwise similar repricing characteristics, characteristics/embedded optionality, which arises from client or counterparty behavior in response to interest rate changes. To mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed so that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities (adjusted for hedges) are highly correlated which allows Northern Trust’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities to contribute to earnings even in periods of volatile interest rates. behavioral and Northern Trust uses two primary measurement techniques to manage interest rate risk: simulation of earnings and simulation of economic value of equity. Simulation of earnings provides management with an ongoing business view of the impact of interest rate risk on future earnings. Simulation of economic value of equity provides management with a view of the impact of interest rate risk on the economic value of equity (defined as the cash flow present value of assets less the cash flow present value of liabilities) without any changes from the period end balance sheet. Both simulation models use the same initial market interest rates and product balances. These two techniques are complementary and are used in concert to provide a comprehensive interest rate risk management capability. The Asset & Liability Management Policy, which is reviewed and approved by the Board annually, establishes limits for both the sensitivity of earnings (SOE) measure and the sensitivity of economic value of equity (SEVE) measure. Both interest rate risk measures (SOE and SEVE) are informational and provide context for understanding Northern Trust’s interest rate risk profile. In the event that a limit is exceeded, management is required to communicate the event to the Business Risk Committee along with management’s plans. Because these two measures are projections, they are not directly comparable to actual results disclosed elsewhere, or directly predictive of future values of other measures provided. ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ 56 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N Simulation of earnings measures the sensitivity of earnings under various interest rate scenarios. Management compares the SOE output to anticipated earnings and has set limits for the change in net interest income as a percentage of estimated rates. earnings Management also regularly reviews the results of the SOE model against actual earnings as a form of back testing. in interest resulting from a change The modeling of SOE incorporates on-balance sheet positions, as well as derivative financial instruments (principally interest rate swaps) that are used to manage interest rate risk. Northern Trust uses market implied forward interest rates as the base case and measures the sensitivity (i.e. change) in earnings if future rates are 100 or 200 basis points higher than base case forward rates. Each rate movement is assumed to occur gradually over the one-year period. The 100 basis point increase, for example, consists of twelve consecutive monthly increases of 8.3 basis points. Stress testing of interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, non-parallel (i.e. twist) changes to yield curves that result in them becoming steeper or flatter, and changes to some of the yield curves (i.e. basis risk). The model simulations also incorporate the following assumptions: ‰ are and that loans on mortgage the balance sheet size and mix remains essentially constant over the simulation horizon with maturing assets and liabilities replaced with instruments with similar terms as those that are maturing, with the exception of certain products (such as term borrowings and recent increases assumed to be in nonmaturity deposits temporary in nature) that are replaced with overnight wholesale instruments; prepayments securities collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions; non-maturity deposit rates are projected based on Northern’s actual historical pattern of pricing these products, or based on judgment when there is no appropriate history or when current pricing strategies differ from history; commercial demand deposits are treated as short-term rate sensitive as these balances may receive an explicit interest rate or an earnings credit rate that can be applied to fees for services provided by Northern Trust; new business rates are based on current spreads to market indices; and currency exchange rates, credit spreads, and the initial relationship among market rates (e.g. Treasury and Libor) are assumed to remain the same in each interest rate scenario. M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S The following table shows the estimated impact on 2013 pre-tax earnings of 100 and 200 basis point upward movements in interest rates relative to forward rates. Given the low level of interest rates and assumed interest rate floors as rates approach zero, simulation of earnings for 100 or 200 basis points lower rates would provide misleading results. I N T E R E S T R A T E R I S K S I M U L A T I O N O F E A R N I N G S A S O F D E C E M B E R 3 1 , 2 0 1 2 (In Millions) INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 100 Basis Points 200 Basis Points ESTIMATED IMPACT ON 2013 PRE-TAX EARNINGS: INCREASE/(DECREASE) $42 37 The simulations of earnings do not incorporate any management actions that may be used to mitigate negative consequences of actual interest rate deviations. For that reason and others, they do not reflect likely actual results but serve as conservative estimates of interest rate risk. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Northern Trust did not exceed its SOE limits. A second technique used to measure interest rate risk is simulation of the economic value of equity, which measures the SEVE to changes in interest rates. Management compares the output of the SEVE model to our common equity and has set limits for the change in economic value of equity from a change in interest rates relative to Northern Trust’s common equity. Economic value of equity is defined as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities net of the value of instruments that are used to manage the interest rate risk of balance sheet items. The potential effect of interest rate changes on economic equity is derived from the impact of such changes on projected future cash flows and the present value of these cash flows. Northern Trust uses current market rates (and the future rates implied by the market for path dependent items) as the base case and measures SEVE if current rates are immediately shocked up by 100 or 200 basis points. Stress testing of interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate non-parallel (i.e. twist) shocks to yield curves that result in them becoming steeper or flatter and basis simulations also incorporate the following assumptions: ‰ securities prepayments collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions; rates are projected based on non-maturity deposit Northern’s actual historical pattern of pricing. Projected risk. The model on mortgage loans and ‰ rates may also be based on judgment when there is no appropriate history or when current pricing strategies differ from history. The present values of these deposits are based on estimated remaining lives that are based on Northern’s actual historical runoff patterns with some balances assumed to be temporary; currency exchange rates and credit spreads are assumed to remain constant over the simulation horizon; the present values of most noninterest-related balances (such as receivables, equipment, and payables) are the same as their book values; and The initial shock to current rates assumes the relationship among market curves (e.g. Treasury and Libor) remains the same in each interest rate scenario. ‰ ‰ ‰ The following table shows the estimated impact on economic value of equity of 100 and 200 basis point shocks up from current interest rates. Given the low level of interest rates and assumed interest rate floors as rates approach zero simulation of the economic value of equity for 100 or 200 basis points lower rates would provide misleading results. I N T E R E S T R A T E R I S K S I M U L A T I O N O F E C O N O M I C V A L U E O F E Q U I T Y A S O F D E C E M B E R 3 1 , 2 0 1 2 (In Millions) INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES 100 Basis Points 200 Basis Points ESTIMATED IMPACT ON ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY: INCREASE/(DECREASE) $ (2) (216) The simulations of economic value of equity do not incorporate any management actions that might moderate the negative consequences of actual interest rate deviations. For that reason and others, they do not reflect likely actual results but serve as conservative estimates of interest rate risk. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Northern Trust did not exceed its SEVE limits. Northern Trust limits aggregate interest rate risk, as measured by the above techniques, to an acceptable level within the context of risk-return trade-offs. A variety of actions may be used to implement risk management strategies to modify interest rate risk including: ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ purchases of securities; sales of securities that are classified as available for sale; issuance of senior notes and subordinated notes; collateralized borrowings Loan Bank; from the Federal Home N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 57 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S ‰ ‰ placing and taking Eurodollar time deposits; and hedges with various types of derivative instruments. financial strives to use Northern Trust effective instruments for implementing its interest risk management strategies, considering the costs, liquidity, collateral and capital requirements of the various alternatives and the risk- return tradeoffs. the most FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT Northern Trust is exposed to non-trading foreign currency risk as a result of its holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. To manage currency exposures on the balance sheet, Northern Trust attempts to match its assets and liabilities by currency. If those currency offsets do not exist on the balance sheet, Northern Trust will use foreign exchange derivative contracts to mitigate its currency exposure. Foreign exchange contracts are also used to reduce Northern Trust’s currency exposure to future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. trading Foreign Exchange Trading. Foreign exchange activities consist principally of providing foreign exchange services to clients. Most of those services are provided in connection with Northern Trust’s growing global custody business. In the normal course of business Northern Trust also engages in trading of non-U.S. currencies for its own account. The market risks associated with these activities are foreign currency and interest rate risk. Foreign currency trading positions exist when aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than the U.S. dollar either do not offset each other in amount, or offset each other over different time periods. Northern Trust mitigates the risk related to its non-U.S. currency positions by establishing limits on the amounts and durations of its positions. The limits on overnight inventory positions are generally lower than the limits established for intra-day trading activity. All overnight positions are monitored by a risk management function, which is separate from the trading function, to ensure that the limits are not exceeded. Although position limits are important in controlling foreign currency risk, they are not a substitute for the experience or judgment of Northern Trust’s senior management and its currency traders, who have extensive knowledge of the currency markets. Non-U.S. currency positions and strategies are adjusted as needed in response to changing market conditions. 58 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N As part of its risk management activities, Northern Trust measures daily the risk of loss associated with all non-U.S. currency positions using a Value-at-Risk (VaR) model. This statistical model provides estimates, at a variety of high confidence levels, of the potential loss in value that might be incurred if an adverse shift in non-U.S. currency exchange rates were to occur over a small number of days. The model, which is based on a variance/co-variance methodology and daily historical data over at least the past year, incorporates foreign currency and interest rate volatilities and correlations in price movement among the currencies. VaR is computed for each trading desk and for the global portfolio. Northern Trust’s one-day VaR measure, at the 99% confidence level, totaled $301 thousand and $740 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. VaR totals representing the average, high, and low for 2012 were $421 thousand, $1.1 million, and $97 thousand, respectively, with the average, high, and low for 2011 being $531 thousand, $1.4 million, and $88 thousand, respectively. These totals indicate the degree of risk inherent in non-U.S. currency dispositions as of year-end and during the year; however, it is not a prediction of an expected gain or loss. Actual future gains and losses will vary depending on market conditions and the size and duration of future non-U.S. currency positions. During 2012 and 2011, Northern Trust did not incur an actual trading loss in excess of the daily value at risk estimate. Other Trading Activities. Market risk associated with other trading activities is negligible. Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments, most of which consist of interest rate swaps entered into to meet clients’ interest rate risk management needs. When Northern Trust enters into such derivatives, its practice is to mitigate the resulting market risk with an exactly offsetting derivative. Northern Trust carries in its trading portfolio a small inventory of securities that are held for sale to its clients. The interest rate risk associated with these securities is insignificant. Operational Risk Management In providing its services, Northern Trust is exposed to operational risk which is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. Operational risk reflects the potential for inadequate information systems, operating problems, product design and delivery difficulties, or catastrophes in losses. Northern Trust’s success depends, in part, upon maintaining its reputation as a well-managed institution with stockholders, existing and prospective clients, creditors and regulators. to result M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S Operational risk includes compliance and fiduciary risks which are governed and managed explicitly, and is mitigated through a system of internal controls and risk management practices that are designed to keep operational risk and operational losses at levels appropriate to Northern Trust’s overall risk appetite and the inherent risk within the markets it operates. While operational risk controls are extensive, operational losses have and will continue to occur. The Operational Risk Committee of Northern Trust provides independent oversight and is responsible for setting the Corporate Operational Risk Management Policy and developing the operational risk management framework and programs that support the coordination of operational risk activities to identify, monitor, manage and report on operational risk. The Corporate Operational Risk function is the focal point for the operational risk management framework and works closely with the business units to achieve the goal of assuring proactive management of operational risk within Northern Trust. To further limit operational risks, committee structures have been established to draft, enforce, and monitor adherence to corporate policies and established procedures. Each business unit is responsible for complying with corporate policies and external regulations applicable to the unit, and is responsible for establishing specific procedures to do so. The Global Compliance function guides and assists Northern Trust’s business units in fulfilling their compliance related responsibilities relative to legal requirements, sound banking and fiduciary standards, and ethical conduct, through the oversight of compliance processes, including compliance monitoring; interpretation of regulations; development and evaluation of procedures; regulatory compliance training, in order to minimize exposure and loss to Northern Trust and its clients. Northern Trust’s internal auditors monitor the overall effectiveness of operational risk internal controls on an ongoing basis. and oversight of R E C O N C I L I A T I O N O F R E P O R T E D N E T I N T E R E S T I N C O M E T O F U L L Y T A X A B L E E Q U I V A L E N T The table below presents a reconciliation of interest income and net interest income prepared in accordance with GAAP to interest income and net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, which are non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes this presentation provides a clearer indication of net interest margins for comparative purposes. (In Millions) Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Net Interest Margin * Fully taxable equivalent (FTE) 2012 2011 2010 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, REPORTED FTE ADJ. FTE* REPORTED FTE ADJ. FTE* REPORTED FTE ADJ. FTE* $1,287.7 297.4 $40.8 – $1,328.5 297.4 $1,408.6 399.5 $40.2 – $1,448.8 399.5 $1,296.7 378.0 $39.1 – $1,335.8 378.0 $ 990.3 $40.8 $1,031.1 $1,009.1 $40.2 $1,049.3 $ 918.7 $39.1 $ 957.8 1.18% 1.22% 1.22% 1.27% 1.35% 1.41% N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 59 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S F A C T O R S A F F E C T I N G F U T U R E R E S U L T S This report contains statements that may be considered forward-looking, such as the statements relating to Northern Trust’s financial goals, capital adequacy, dividend policy, expansion and business development plans, risk management policies, anticipated expense levels and projected profit improvements, business prospects and positioning with respect to market, demographic and pricing trends, strategic initiatives, reengineering and outsourcing activities, new business results and outlook, changes in securities market prices, credit quality including allowance levels, planned capital expenditures and technology spending, anticipated tax benefits and expenses, and the effects of any extraordinary events and various other matters (including developments with respect to litigation, other contingent liabilities and obligations, and regulation involving Northern Trust and changes in accounting policies, standards and interpretations) on Northern Trust’s business and results. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “may increase”, “may fluctuate”, “plan”, “goal”, “target”, “strategy”, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “would”, and “could.” Forward-looking statements are Northern Trust’s current estimates or expectations of future events or future results. Actual results could differ materially from the results indicated by these statements because the realization of those results is subject to many risks and uncertainties including: the health of the U.S. and international economies and particularly the continuing uncertainty in Europe; the recent downgrade of U.S. Government issued securities; the health and soundness of the financial institutions and other counterparties with which Northern Trust conducts business; changes in financial markets, including debt and equity markets, that impact the value, liquidity, or credit ratings of financial assets in general, or financial assets in particular investment funds, client portfolios, or securities lending collateral pools, including those funds, portfolios, collateral pools, and other financial assets with respect to which Northern Trust has taken, or may in the future take, actions to provide asset value stability or additional liquidity; the impact of the recent disruption and stress in the financial markets, the effectiveness of governmental actions taken in response, and the effect of such governmental actions on Northern Trust, its competitors and counterparties, financial markets generally and availability of credit specifically, and the U.S. and international economies, including special deposit assessments or potentially higher FDIC premiums; changes in foreign 60 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N credit exchange trading client volumes, fluctuations and volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, and Northern Trust’s success in assessing and mitigating the risks arising from such changes, fluctuations and volatility; decline in the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio, particularly asset-backed securities, the liquidity and pricing of which may be negatively impacted by periods of economic turmoil and financial market disruptions; uncertainties inherent in the complex and subjective judgments required to assess risk and establish appropriate allowances therefor; difficulties in measuring, or determining whether there is other-than-temporary impairment in, the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio; Northern Trust’s success in managing various risks inherent in its business, including credit risk, operational risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk, particularly during times of economic uncertainty and volatility in the credit and other markets; geopolitical risks and the risks of extraordinary events such as natural disasters, terrorist events, war and the U.S. and other governments’ responses to those events; the pace and extent of continued globalization of investment activity and growth in worldwide financial assets; regulatory and monetary policy developments; failure to obtain regulatory approvals when required, including for the use and distribution of capital; changes or interpretations and other legislation in the U.S. or other countries that could affect Northern Trust or its clients, fair value including changes measurements and recognizing impairments; changes in the nature and activities of Northern Trust’s competition, including increased consolidation within the financial services industry; Northern Trust’s success in maintaining existing business and continuing to generate new business in its existing markets; Northern Trust’s success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets, through acquisition, strategic alliance or otherwise; Northern Trust’s success in integrating acquisitions and strategic alliances; Northern Trust’s success in addressing the complex needs of a global client base across multiple time zones and from multiple locations, and managing compliance with legal, tax, regulatory and other requirements in areas of faster growth in its businesses, especially in immature markets; Northern Trust’s ability to maintain a product mix that achieves acceptable margins; Northern Trust’s ability to continue to generate investment results that satisfy its clients and continue to develop its array of in generating revenue in its securities lending business for itself and its clients, especially in periods of economic and financial market uncertainty; Northern Trust’s success in recruiting and investment products; Northern Trust’s in accounting rules requirements accounting success laws, tax for in M A N A G E M E N T ’ S D I S C U S S I O N A N D A N A L Y S I S O F F I N A N C I A L C O N D I T I O N A N D R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S in processes or in implementing its retaining the necessary personnel to support business growth and expansion and maintain sufficient expertise to support increasingly complex products and services; Northern Trust’s success revenue enhancement and expense management initiatives; Northern Trust’s ability, as products, methods of delivery, and client requirements change or become more complex, to continue to fund and accomplish innovation, improve risk management practices and controls, including human errors or and address operating risks, omissions, data security breach risks, pricing or valuation of fraud, systems performance or defects, systems securities, internal interruptions, and breakdowns controls; Northern Trust’s success in controlling expenses, particularly in a difficult economic environment; uncertainties in Northern Trust’s assumptions concerning its inherent and expected pension plan, increased costs of contributions, compliance and other in regulation and the current regulatory environment, including the requirements of the Basel II capital regime and the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), areas of increased regulatory emphasis and oversight in the U.S. and other countries such as anti- money laundering, anti-bribery, and client privacy and the potential for substantial changes in the legal, regulatory and enforcement framework and oversight applicable to financial institutions in reaction to recent adverse financial market events, including changes pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act that may, among other things, affect the leverage limits and risk-based capital and liquidity requirements for certain financial institutions, including Northern Trust, require those financial institutions to pay higher assessments, expose them including discount returns and payouts; risks associated with changes rates carried on by foreign exchange, to certain liabilities of their subsidiary depository institutions, and restrict or increase the regulation of certain activities, including financial institutions, including Northern Trust; risks that evolving legislation and regulations, such as Basel II, and potential regulations, including Basel III and regulations that may be promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act, could affect required regulatory including financial Northern Trust, potentially resulting in changes to the cost and composition of capital for Northern Trust; risks and uncertainties inherent in the litigation and regulatory process, including the adequacy of contingent liability, tax, and other accruals; and the risk of events that could harm Northern Trust’s reputation and so undermine the confidence of clients, counterparties, rating agencies, and stockholders. institutions, capital for Some of these and other risks and uncertainties that may affect future results are discussed in more detail in the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Risk Management” in the 2012 Annual Report to Shareholders (pages 47-59), in the section of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in the 2012 Annual Report to Shareholders captioned “Note 24 – Contingent Liabilities” (pages 108-110), in the sections of “Item 1 – Business” of the 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K captioned “Government Monetary and “Regulation and Supervision” (pages 2-14), and in “Item 1A – Risk Factors” of the 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages 28-38). All forward-looking statements included in this report are based upon information presently available, and Northern Trust assumes no obligation to update any forward- looking statements. “Competition” Policies,” Fiscal and N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 61 M A N A G E M E N T ’ S R E P O R T O N I N T E R N A L C O N T R O L O V E R F I N A N C I A L R E P O R T I N G Management of Northern Trust Corporation (Northern Trust) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified. Management assessed Northern Trust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, Northern Trust maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, including maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Northern Trust, and policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; (ii) receipts and expenditures of Northern Trust are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Northern Trust; and (iii) unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Northern Trust’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements are prevented or timely detected. Additionally, KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited Northern Trust’s consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2012, included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report (included herein on page 63) on the effectiveness of Northern Trust’s internal control over financial reporting. 62 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N R E P O R T O F I N D E P E N D E N T R E G I S T E R E D P U B L I C A C C O U N T I N G F I R M T H E S T O C K H O L D E R S A N D B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S O F N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N : We have audited Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Northern Trust Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, Northern Trust Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated February 26, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. chicago, illinois february 26, 2013 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 63 C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 3,752.7 60.8 18,803.5 7,619.7 28,643.5 2,382.0 8.0 31,033.5 12,897.2 16,607.3 29,504.5 (297.9) 469.9 2,049.1 537.8 3,930.2 $ 4,315.3 121.3 16,696.4 13,448.6 30,192.5 799.2 8.0 30,999.7 12,354.3 16,709.6 29,063.9 (294.8) 494.5 778.3 532.0 4,068.5 $97,463.8 $100,223.7 $20,519.0 15,189.7 2,466.1 3,512.8 39,720.2 81,407.8 780.2 699.8 367.4 2,405.8 1,421.6 277.0 2,577.2 89,936.8 408.6 1,012.7 6,702.7 (283.0) (314.0) 7,527.0 $ 22,792.0 17,470.8 3,058.3 3,488.4 35,868.0 82,677.5 815.3 1,198.8 931.5 2,126.7 2,133.3 276.9 2,946.4 93,106.4 408.6 977.5 6,302.3 (345.6) (225.5) 7,117.3 $97,463.8 $100,223.7 C O N S O L I D A T E D B A L A N C E S H E E T (In Millions Except Share Information) ASSETS Cash and Due from Banks Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Securities Available for Sale Held to Maturity (Fair value of $2,394.8 and $817.1) Trading Account Total Securities Loans and Leases Commercial Personal Total Loans and Leases (Net of unearned income of $297.9 and $374.1) Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases Buildings and Equipment Client Security Settlement Receivables Goodwill Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Deposits Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing Savings and Money Market Savings Certificates and Other Time Non-U.S. Offices – Noninterest-Bearing – Interest-Bearing Total Deposits Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase Other Borrowings Senior Notes Long-Term Debt Floating Rate Capital Debt Other Liabilities Total Liabilities STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock, $1.66 2⁄ 3 Par Value; Authorized 560,000,000 shares; Outstanding shares of 238,914,988 and 241,008,509 Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Treasury Stock (6,256,536 and 4,163,015 shares, at cost) Total Stockholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 68-122. 64 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S C O N S O L I D A T E D S T A T E M E N T O F I N C O M E (In Millions Except Share Information) Noninterest Income Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Treasury Management Fees Security Commissions and Trading Income Other Operating Income Investment Security Gains (Losses), net (Note) Total Noninterest Income Net Interest Income Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Credit Losses Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Compensation Employee Benefits Outside Services Equipment and Software Occupancy Visa Indemnification Benefit Other Operating Expense Total Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes Provision for Income Taxes Net Income Net Income Applicable to Common Stock PER COMMON SHARE Net Income – Basic – Diluted FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $ $ $ $ 2,405.5 206.1 67.4 73.6 154.9 (1.7) 2,905.8 1,287.7 297.4 990.3 25.0 965.3 1,267.4 258.2 529.2 366.7 174.4 – 282.9 2,878.8 992.3 305.0 687.3 687.3 2.82 2.81 $ $ $ $ 2,169.5 324.5 72.1 60.5 158.1 (23.9) 2,760.8 1,408.6 399.5 1,009.1 55.0 954.1 1,267.2 258.2 552.8 328.1 180.9 (23.1) 267.1 2,831.2 883.7 280.1 603.6 603.6 2.47 2.47 $ $ $ $ 2,081.9 382.2 78.1 60.9 146.3 (20.4) 2,729.0 1,296.7 378.0 918.7 160.0 758.7 1,108.0 237.6 460.4 287.1 167.8 (33.0) 270.0 2,497.9 989.8 320.3 669.5 669.5 2.74 2.74 Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding – Basic – Diluted 240,417,805 240,881,244 241,401,310 241,811,384 242,028,776 242,502,531 C O N S O L I D A T E D S T A T E M E N T O F C O M P R E H E N S I V E I N C O M E (In Millions) Net Income Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of Tax and Reclassifications) Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available for Sale Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Comprehensive Income Note: Changes in Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI) Losses Noncredit-related OTTI Losses Recorded in (Reclassified from) OCI Other Security Gains (Losses), net Investment Security Gains (Losses), net See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 68-122. FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 $ 687.3 $ 61.2 5.6 20.0 (24.2) 62.6 749.9 (2.7) (0.6) 1.6 (1.7) $ $ $ $ $ $ 2011 603.6 53.3 (18.4) (2.5) (72.7) (40.3) 563.3 (1.1) (22.2) (0.6) (23.9) 2010 669.5 28.2 37.6 (18.3) 8.8 56.3 725.8 (0.8) (20.4) 0.8 (20.4) $ $ $ $ N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 65 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In Millions) COMMON STOCK Balance at January 1 and December 31 ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL Balance at January 1 Treasury Stock Transactions – Stock Options and Awards Stock Options and Awards – Amortization Stock Options and Awards – Tax Benefits Balance at December 31 RETAINED EARNINGS Balance at January 1 Net Income Dividends Declared – Common Stock Balance at December 31 ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS Balance at January 1 Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available for Sale Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments Balance at December 31 TREASURY STOCK Balance at January 1 Stock Options and Awards Stock Purchased Balance at December 31 C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $ 408.6 $ 408.6 $ 408.6 977.5 (41.5) 74.4 2.3 1,012.7 6,302.3 687.3 (286.9) 6,702.7 (345.6) 61.2 5.6 20.0 (24.2) (283.0) (225.5) 74.4 (162.9) (314.0) 920.0 (13.2) 71.3 (0.6) 977.5 5,972.1 603.6 (273.4) 6,302.3 (305.3) 53.3 (18.4) (2.5) (72.7) (345.6) (165.1) 19.0 (79.4) (225.5) 888.3 (23.1) 53.6 1.2 920.0 5,576.0 669.5 (273.4) 5,972.1 (361.6) 28.2 37.5 (15.0) 5.6 (305.3) (199.2) 41.0 (6.9) (165.1) Total Stockholders’ Equity at December 31 $7,527.0 $7,117.3 $6,830.3 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 68-122. 66 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S C O N S O L I D A T E D S T A T E M E N T O F C A S H F L O W S (In Millions) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities Investment Security Losses, net Amortization and Accretion of Securities and Unearned Income Provision for Credit Losses Depreciation on Buildings and Equipment Amortization of Computer Software Amortization of Intangibles Change in Accrued Income Taxes Qualified Pension Plan Contributions Visa Indemnification Benefit Deferred Income Tax Provision Change in Receivables Change in Interest Payable Net Changes in Derivative Fair Value, Including Required Collateral Other Operating Activities, net Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Net Change in Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell Change in Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Net Change in Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Assets Purchases of Securities – Held to Maturity Proceeds from Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Held to Maturity Purchases of Securities – Available for Sale Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Available for Sale Change in Loans and Leases Purchases of Buildings and Equipment, net Purchases and Development of Computer Software Change in Client Security Settlement Receivables Decrease in Cash Due to Acquisitions, net of Cash Acquired Other Investing Activities, net Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Change in Deposits Change in Federal Funds Purchased Change in Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase Change in Short-Term Other Borrowings Proceeds from Term Federal Funds Purchased Repayments of Term Federal Funds Purchased Proceeds from Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt Repayments of Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt Treasury Stock Purchased Net Proceeds from Stock Options Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock Other Financing Activities, net Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rates on Cash Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $ 687.3 $ 603.6 $ 669.5 1.7 (11.7) 25.0 88.3 180.8 20.3 18.5 (100.0) – 79.7 (41.9) (10.0) (127.9) 4.3 814.4 60.5 (2,107.1) 5,829.0 (3,798.5) 2,220.9 (19,546.4) 21,183.3 (469.6) (73.3) (239.2) (1,270.8) – (161.2) 1,627.6 (1,269.7) (35.1) (499.0) (435.5) – – 500.0 (923.7) (162.4) 106.8 (354.3) – (3,072.9) 68.3 (562.6) 4,315.3 23.9 (34.2) 55.0 89.2 158.4 17.5 (115.5) (100.0) (23.1) 97.2 (179.7) 5.0 172.1 484.9 1,254.3 38.8 (1,345.1) (2,512.4) (147.6) 272.9 (33,302.1) 23,082.9 (1,017.9) (96.9) (274.2) (77.0) (172.6) 162.8 (15,388.4) 18,481.8 (2,876.3) 244.4 630.5 7,962.3 (7,981.3) 500.0 (880.7) (79.0) 75.6 (273.7) – 15,803.6 (172.2) 1,497.3 2,818.0 20.4 (55.5) 160.0 93.5 141.6 14.4 153.5 (68.0) (33.0) 12.1 (90.6) 7.7 (377.8) 142.4 790.2 89.9 (2,446.1) 4,048.4 (448.6) 429.1 (14,697.0) 11,432.5 (479.8) (90.5) (220.6) 93.5 – 521.2 (1,768.0) 5,914.4 (2,958.1) (83.1) (573.3) 19,045.6 (20,217.5) 1,142.7 (918.3) (5.9) 70.6 (273.2) 1.2 1,145.1 158.9 326.2 2,491.8 Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year $ 3,752.7 $ 4,315.3 $ 2,818.0 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION Interest Paid Income Taxes Paid Transfers from Loans to OREO See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 68-122. $ 307.4 188.5 48.5 $ 394.5 153.3 68.8 $ 370.3 173.1 52.1 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 67 Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and reporting practices prescribed for the banking industry. A description of the more significant accounting policies follows. the include A. Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial statements accounts of Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Northern Trust Company (Bank), and various other wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation and Bank. Throughout the notes, the term “Northern Trust” refers to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated statement of income includes results of acquired subsidiaries from the dates of their acquisition. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified consistent with the current year’s presentation. B. Nature of Operations. The Corporation is a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in Chicago and the Corporation’s principal subsidiary. The Corporation conducts business in the United States (U.S.) and internationally through the Bank, trust companies, and various other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries. Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from its two primary business units: Corporate and Institutional Services (PFS). (C&IS) and Personal Financial Services Investment management services and products are provided to C&IS and PFS through a third business unit, Northern Trust Global Investments (NTGI). Operating and systems support for these business units is provided by a fourth business unit, Operations and Technology (O&T). insurance The C&IS business unit provides asset servicing, securities lending, brokerage, banking and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, endowments, fund managers, sovereign wealth and companies, government funds. C&IS client relationships are managed through the Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region. C&IS related foreign exchange transactions from offices located in the United States, United Kingdom, and Singapore. also executes The PFS business unit provides personal trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial 68 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S consulting; guardianship and estate administration; brokerage services; and private and business banking. PFS focuses on high net worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, and established privately held businesses in its target markets. PFS also includes the Global Family Office, which provides customized products and services the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. PFS services are delivered through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London and Guernsey. to meet financial statements C. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements. The preparation of in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. D. Foreign Currency Remeasurement and Translation. Asset and liability accounts denominated in nonfunctional currencies are remeasured into functional currencies at period end rates of exchange, except for certain balance sheet items including buildings and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Results from remeasurement of asset and liability accounts are reported in other operating income as currency translation gains (losses), net. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at period average rates of exchange. Asset and liability accounts of entities with functional currencies that are not the U.S. dollar are translated at period end rates of exchange. Income and expense accounts are translated at period average rates of exchange. Translation adjustments, net of applicable taxes, are reported directly to accumulated other a comprehensive component of stockholders’ equity. (AOCI), income E. Securities. Securities Available for Sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses credited or charged, net of the tax effect, to AOCI. Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale are determined on a specific identification basis and are reported within other security gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statement of income. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis, adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Securities Held to Maturity consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold until maturity. Such securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Securities Held for Trading are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities held for trading are reported in the consolidated statement of income within security commissions and trading income. Nonmarketable Securities primarily consist of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and community development investments which are recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock are reported at cost, which represents investments, redemption value. Community development which are discussed in further detail in Note 27, are reported at cost using the effective yield method and amortized over the lives of the related tax credits. Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI). A security is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference being defined as the credit loss) or if the fair value of the security is less than the security’s amortized cost basis and the investor intends, or more-likely-than-not will be required, to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. If OTTI exists, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss if the investor does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost is recognized in AOCI, net of applicable taxes. Otherwise, the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost is charged to earnings. F. Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. instruments activities. These G. Derivative Financial Instruments. Northern Trust is a party to various derivative instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients; as part of its trading activity for its own account; and as part of its include risk management foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, and credit default swap contracts. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value within other assets and liabilities. Derivative asset and liability positions with the same counterparty are reflected on a net basis in cases where legally enforceable master netting agreements exist. Derivative assets and liabilities are further reduced by cash collateral received from, and deposited with, derivative counterparties. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative in the consolidated statement of income depends on whether or not the contract has been designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting under GAAP. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated cash flow statement within the line item, ‘net changes in derivative fair value, including required collateral.’ Changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments, which are not designated hedges under GAAP, are recognized currently in either foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments entered into for risk management purposes but not designated as hedges are recognized currently in other operating income. Certain derivative instruments used by Northern Trust to manage risk are formally designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges. Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are used to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk are recognized currently in income. For substantially all fair value hedges, Northern Trust applies the “shortcut” method of accounting, available under GAAP, which assumes there is no ineffectiveness in a hedge. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged item are equal to the offsetting gain or loss on the derivative and are reflected in the same line item. For fair value hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” method of accounting, Northern Trust utilizes regression analysis, a “long-haul” method of accounting, in assessing whether these hedging relationships are highly effective at inception and quarterly thereafter. Ineffectiveness resulting from fair value hedges is recorded in either interest income or interest expense. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 69 earnings. Northern Trust Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are used to minimize the variability in cash flows of earning assets or forecasted transactions caused by movements in interest or foreign exchange rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of such derivatives is recognized in AOCI, a component of stockholders’ equity, and there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item. Balances in AOCI are reclassified to earnings when the hedged forecasted assesses transaction impacts effectiveness using regression analysis for cash flow hedges of available for sale securities. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. For cash flow hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions, Northern Trust closely matches all terms of the hedged item and the hedging derivative at inception and on an ongoing basis which limits hedge ineffectiveness. To the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, effectiveness is assessed using the dollar-offset is measured using the method and any ineffectiveness is hypothetical derivative method. Any recognized currently in earnings. ineffectiveness Foreign exchange contracts and qualifying non-derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges are used to minimize Northern Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in AOCI consistent with the related translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, all critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are matched at inception and on an ongoing basis to minimize the risk of hedge ineffectiveness. To the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, any ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. Ineffectiveness resulting from net investment hedges is recorded in other operating income. Amounts recorded in AOCI are reclassified to earnings only upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a non-U.S. branch or subsidiary. and formally the documented as transaction. The Fair value, cash flow, and net investment hedges are such designated contemporaneous with formal documentation describes the hedge relationship and identifies the hedging instruments and hedged items. Included in the documentation is a discussion of the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking such hedges, the nature of the risk being hedged, a description of the method for assessing hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis, as well as the method that will be used to measure hedge ineffectiveness. For hedges that do not qualify 70 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S for the “shortcut” or the critical terms match methods of accounting, a formal assessment is performed on a calendar quarter basis to verify that derivatives used in hedging transactions continue to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued if a derivative ceases to be highly effective, matures, is terminated or sold, if a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, or if Northern Trust removes the derivative’s hedge designation. Subsequent gains and losses on these derivatives are included in foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the accumulated gain or loss on the derivative remains in AOCI and is reclassified to earnings in the period in which the previously hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings or is no longer probable of occurring. For discontinued fair value hedges, the accumulated gain or loss on the hedged item is amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item. H. Loans and Leases. Loans and leases are recognized assets that represent a contractual right to receive money either on demand or on fixed or determinable dates. Loans and leases are disaggregated for disclosure purposes by portfolio segment (segment) and by class. Segment is defined as the level at which management develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. Northern Trust has defined its segments as commercial and personal. A class of loans and leases is a subset of a segment, risk components of which have characteristics, measurement attributes, or risk monitoring methods. The classes within the commercial segment have been defined as commercial and institutional, commercial real estate, lease financing, non-US and other. The classes within the personal segment have been defined as residential real estate, private client and other. similar the Loan Classification. Loans that are held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Loans classified as held for sale are reported at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Loan commitments for residential real estate loans that will be classified as held for sale at the time of funding and which have an interest rate lock are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with subsequent recognized in other operating income. gains or Unrealized gains on these loan commitments are reported as other assets, with unrealized losses reported as other liabilities. Other unfunded commitments relating to loans that are not held for sale are recorded in other liabilities and are carried at the amount of unamortized fees with an allowance for credit loss liability recognized for any estimated probable losses. losses N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S of and is not interest Interest subsequent resumption income on loans Recognition of Income. income in the current period. is recorded on an accrual basis unless, in the opinion of management, there is a question as to the ability of the debtor to meet the terms of the loan agreement, or interest or principal is more than 90 days contractually past due and the loan is not well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans meeting such criteria are classified as nonperforming and interest income is recorded on a cash basis. Past due status is based on how long since the contractual due date a principal or interest payment has been past due. For disclosure purposes, loans that are 29 days past due or less are reported the time a loan is determined to be as current. At nonperforming, interest accrued but not collected is reversed against Interest collected on nonperforming loans is applied to principal in the opinion of management, collectability of unless, principal in doubt. Management’s assessment of indicators of loan and lease collectability, and its policies relative to the recognition of interest income, including the income suspension recognition, do not meaningfully vary between loan and lease classes. Nonperforming loans are returned to performing status when factors indicating doubtful collectability no longer exist. Factors considered in returning a loan to performing status are consistent across all classes of loans and leases and, in accordance with regulatory guidance, relate primarily to expected payment performance. Loans are eligible to be returned to performing status when: (i) no principal or interest that is due is unpaid and repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected or (ii) the loan has otherwise become well-secured (possessing realizable including accrued value sufficient interest, in full) and is in the process of collection (through action reasonably expected to result in debt repayment or restoration to a current status in the near future). A loan that fully current may be restored to has not been brought performing status provided there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) by the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms, and Northern Trust is reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period of time. Additionally, a loan that has been formally restructured so as to be reasonably assured of repayment and performance according to its modified terms may be returned to accrual status, provided there was a well-documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects of repayment under the revised terms, and there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) under the revised terms. to discharge the debt, future cash flows, Impaired Loans. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, management determines that it is probable that Northern Trust will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are identified through ongoing credit management and risk rating processes, including the formal review of past due and watch list credits. Payment performance and delinquency status are critical loans and leases, factors in identifying impairment for all particularly those within the residential real estate, private client and personal-other classes. Other key factors considered in identifying impairment of loans and leases within the commercial and institutional, non-U.S., lease financing, and commercial-other classes relate to the borrower’s ability to the obligation as measured perform under the terms of including through the assessment of consideration of collateral value, market value, and other factors. A loan is also considered to be impaired if its terms have been modified as a concession by Northern Trust or a financial bankruptcy court difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). All TDRs are reported as impaired loans in the calendar year of their restructuring. In subsequent years, a TDR may cease being reported as impaired if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least six months. A loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to performing status if it satisfies the six month performance requirement; however, it will remain reported as impaired. Impairment is measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, based on the certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established, or a charge-off is recorded, for the difference. Smaller balance (individually less than $250,000) homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards. Northern Trust’s accounting policies for impaired loans is consistent across all classes of loans and leases. resulting from the debtor’s Premiums and Discounts. Premiums and discounts on loans are recognized as an adjustment of yield using the interest method based on the contractual terms of the loan. Certain direct origination costs and fees are netted, deferred and amortized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to the loan’s yield. Direct Financing and Leverage Leases. Unearned lease income from direct financing and leveraged leases is recognized N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 71 using the interest method. This method provides a constant rate of return on the unrecovered investment over the life of the lease. The rate of return and the allocation of income over the lease term are recalculated from the inception of the lease if during the lease term assumptions regarding the amount or timing of estimated cash flows change. Lease residual values are established at the inception of the lease based on in-house valuations and market analyses provided by outside parties. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other- than-temporary impairment. A decline in the estimated residual value of a leased asset determined to be other-than- temporary would be recorded in the period in which the decline is identified as a reduction of interest income. I. Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio and other lending related credit exposures are regularly reviewed to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. In determining the level of the allowance, Northern Trust evaluates the allowance necessary for impaired loans and also estimates losses inherent in other credit exposures. The result is an allowance with the following components: Specific Allowance. The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined based on the value of the underlying real estate collateral, third-party appraisals are generally obtained and utilized by management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. Inherent Allowance. The amount of inherent allowance is based primarily on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various such as management’s evaluation of qualitative factors economic and business conditions and changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio. Factors are applied to loan and lease credit exposures aggregated by shared risk characteristics and are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Reserve Committee which includes representatives from Credit Policy, business unit management, and Corporate Financial Management. Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. 72 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Northern Trust’s policies relative to the charging-off of uncollectible loans and leases are consistent across both loan and lease segments. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged-off or a specific reserve is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to the level determined to be appropriate through the above process. Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs. Northern Trust analyzes its exposure to credit losses from both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet activity using a consistent methodology. In estimating the allowance for credit losses for undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit, management uses conversion rates to determine the estimated amount that will be funded. Factors based on historical loss experience and specific risk characteristics of the loan product are utilized to calculate inherent losses related to unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit as of the reporting date. The portion of the allowance assigned to loans and leases is reported as a contra asset, directly following loans and leases in the consolidated balance sheet. The portion of the allowance assigned to unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. J. Standby Letters of Credit. Fees on standby letters of credit are recognized in other operating income using the straight-line method over the lives of the underlying agreements. Northern Trust’s recorded liability for standby letters of credit, reflecting the obligation it has undertaken, is measured as the amount of unamortized fees on these instruments. K. Buildings and Equipment. Buildings and equipment owned are carried at original cost less accumulated depreciation. The charge for depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on the following range of lives: buildings – 10 to 30 years; equipment – 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements – the shorter of the lease term or 15 years. Leased properties meeting certain criteria are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the lease period. L. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell and N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Fair value is typically based on third-party appraisals. Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the properties. Losses identified during the 90-day period after the acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases. Subsequent write-downs that may be required to the carrying value of these assets and gains or losses realized from asset sales are recorded within other operating expense. M. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill is not subject to amortization. Separately identifiable acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their lives, primarily on a straight-line basis. estimated useful Purchased software and allowable internal costs, including compensation relating to software developed for internal use, are capitalized. Software is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from 3 to 10 years. Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. N. Assets Under Custody and Assets Under Management. Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities are not included in the consolidated balance sheet, since such items are not assets of Northern Trust. O. Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees. Trust, investment and other servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis, over the period in which the service is provided. Fees are a function of the market value of assets custodied, managed and serviced, the volume of transactions, securities lending volume and spreads, and fees for other services rendered, as set forth in the underlying client agreement. This the use of estimates and revenue recognition involves assumptions, including components that are calculated based on estimated asset valuations and transaction volumes. Securities lending fees have been impacted by Northern Trust’s share of unrealized investment gains and losses in one investment fund that is used in securities lending activities and accounted for at fair value. In 2010, securities in the fund accounted for at fair value had been sold with the proceeds reinvested into a short duration fund, eliminating the mark-to-market impact on securities lending revenue in future periods. Certain investment management fee arrangements also may provide performance fees that are based on client portfolio returns exceeding predetermined levels. Northern Trust adheres to a policy in which it does not record any performance-based fee income until the end of the contract period, thereby eliminating the potential that revenue will be recognized in one quarter and reversed in a future quarter. Therefore, Northern Trust does not record any revenue under incentive fee programs that is at risk due to future performance contingencies. These arrangements often contain similar terms for the payment of performance-based fees to sub-advisors. The accounting for these performance-based expenses matches the treatment for the related performance-based revenue. Client reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses that are an extension of existing services that are being rendered are recorded on a gross basis as revenue. P. Client Security Settlement Receivables. These receivables represent other collection items presented on behalf of custody clients and settled through withdrawals from short term investment funds on a next day basis. Q. Income Taxes. Northern Trust follows an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. The objective is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. Tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are evaluated based on their likelihood of being sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Only tax positions that are considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained are consolidated financial recorded in the statements. Northern Trust recognizes any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. R. Cash Flow Statements. Cash and cash equivalents have been defined as “Cash and Due from Banks”. S. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. Northern Trust records the funded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheet. Prepaid pension and postretirement benefits are reported in other assets and unfunded pension and postretirement benefits are reported in other liabilities. Plan assets and benefit obligations are measured annually at December 31. Pension costs are recognized ratably over the estimated working lifetime of eligible participants. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 73 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Northern Trust has issued certain restricted stock awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. These restricted shares securities. Accordingly, Northern Trust calculates net income applicable to common stock using the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated between common stock and participating securities. considered participating are Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements There were no accounting pronouncements issued during the year ended December 31, 2012 but not yet adopted that are expected to impact Northern Trust’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements Fair value under GAAP is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair Value Hierarchy. The following describes the hierarchy of valuation inputs (Levels 1, 2, and 3) used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Observable inputs reflect the market data obtained from sources independent of reporting entity; unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about how market participants would value an asset or liability based on the best information available. GAAP requires an entity measuring fair value to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs and establishes a fair value hierarchy of inputs. Financial instruments are categorized within the hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to their valuation. Northern Trust’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value levels as of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. No transfers between fair value levels occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011. T. Share-Based Compensation Plans. Northern Trust recognizes as compensation expense the grant-date fair value of stock and stock unit awards and other share-based compensation granted to employees within the consolidated income statement. The fair values of stock and stock unit awards, including performance stock unit awards and director awards, are based on the price of the Corporation’s stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model utilizes weighted-average assumptions regarding the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding (expected term) based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants, the estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s stock over the expected term of the options, the historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock, and a risk free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted. Compensation expense for share-based award grants with terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule, whereby portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Northern Trust does not include an estimate of future forfeitures in its recognition of share-based compensation expense as historical Share-based been forfeitures compensation expense is adjusted based on forfeitures as they occur. Dividend equivalents are paid on stock units that have been granted but not yet vested. Cash flows resulting from the tax deductions from the exercise of stock realization of options in excess of the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. significant. have not U. Net Income Per Common Share. Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income/loss applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net income per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock and potential common shares by the aggregate of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and common share equivalents calculated for stock options and restricted stock outstanding using the treasury stock method. In a period of a net loss, diluted net income per common share is calculated in the same manner as basic net income per common share. 74 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. Northern Trust’s Level 1 assets are comprised of available for sale investments in U.S. treasury securities. Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account securities, the fair values of which are determined by external pricing vendors, or in limited cases internally based on similar securities. Northern Trust reviews the valuation methodology used by external pricing vendors for suitability and performs additional reviews of their valuation techniques and assumptions used for selected securities. Northern Trust also reviews the market values provided by external vendors through a comparison of assigned market values to other third party prices for reasonableness. A price obtained from a vendor may be adjusted if it is found to be sufficiently inconsistent with other market prices. inputs incorporate Level 2 assets and liabilities also include derivative contracts which are valued internally using widely accepted readily income-based models that observable in actively quoted markets and reflect the contractual terms of the contracts. Observable inputs include foreign exchange rates and interest rates for foreign exchange contracts; credit spreads, default probabilities, and recovery rates for credit default swap contracts; interest rates for interest rate swap contracts and forward contracts; and interest rates and volatility inputs for interest rate option contracts. Northern Trust of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments. Factors considered include the likelihood of default by Northern Trust and its counterparties, the remaining maturities of the instruments, net exposures after giving effect to master netting agreements, in enhancements available determining value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments have not been considered material. collateral, and other appropriate evaluates impact credit fair the the Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets consist of auction rate securities purchased in 2008 from Northern Trust clients. To estimate the fair value of auction rate securities, for which trading is limited and market prices are generally unavailable, Northern Trust developed and maintains a pricing model that discounts estimated cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. Significant inputs to the model include the contractual terms of the securities, credit risk ratings, discount rates, forward interest rates, credit/liquidity spreads, and Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement are Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities and the applicable discount rates. Significant increases (decreases) in the estimated remaining lives or the discount rates in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Level 3 liabilities consist of acquisition related contingent consideration liabilities. The fair values of these contingent consideration liabilities have been determined using an income-based (discounted cash flow) model that incorporates Northern Trust’s own assumptions about business growth rates and applicable discount rates, which represent unobservable inputs to the model. Significant increases (decreases) in projected growth rates in isolation would result fair value measurements, while significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements. in significantly higher (lower) Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. Management of various businesses and departments of Northern Trust (including Corporate Market Risk, Credit Policy, Corporate Financial Management, and relevant business unit personnel) determine the valuation policies and procedures for Level 3 assets and liabilities. Each business and department represents a component of Northern Trust’s business units, and their respective business units. reports to management of Generally, valuation policies are reviewed by management of each business or department. Fair value measurements are performed upon acquisitions of an asset or liability. As necessary, the valuation models are reviewed by management of the appropriate business or department, and adjusted for changes in inputs. Management of each business or department reviews the inputs in order to substantiate the unobservable inputs used in each fair value measurement. When appropriate, management reviews forecasts used in the valuation process in light of other relevant financial projections to understand any variances between current and previous fair value measurements. In certain circumstances, third party information is used to support the fair value measurements. If certain third party information seems inconsistent with consensus views, a review of the information is performed by management of the respective business or department to conclude as to the appropriate fair value of the asset or liability. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 75 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S The following presents the fair values of, and the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and quantitative information used to develop significant unobservable inputs for, Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT FAIR VALUE VALUATION TECHNIQUE UNOBSERVABLE INPUT RANGE OF LIVES AND RATES Auction Rate Securities $97.8 million Discounted Cash Flow Contingent Consideration $50.1 million Discounted Cash Flow Remaining lives Discount rates Discount rate Business growth rates 1.8 – 8.6 years 0.3% – 7.7% 10.5% 19% – 35% The following presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, segregated by fair value hierarchy level. DECEMBER 31, 2012 LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 NETTING (In Millions) Securities Available for Sale U.S. Government Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Auction Rate Other Total Available for Sale Trading Account $1,784.6 – – – – – – – – – $ – 14.1 18,638.8 2,618.4 1,748.0 1,060.7 92.0 2,283.9 – 305.2 1,784.6 26,761.1 – 8.0 Total Available for Sale and Trading Securities 1,784.6 26,769.1 Other Assets Derivatives Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Swaps Total Derivatives Other Liabilities Derivatives Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Swaps Credit Default Swaps Total Derivatives Contingent Consideration – – – – – – – – 1,756.6 310.3 2,066.9 1,772.7 249.3 1.0 2,023.0 $ – – – – – – – – 97.8 – 97.8 – 97.8 – – – – – – – $ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (1,101.1) – – – (1,407.5) ASSETS/ LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE $ 1,784.6 14.1 18,638.8 2,618.4 1,748.0 1,060.7 92.0 2,283.9 97.8 305.2 28,643.5 8.0 28,651.5 1,756.6 310.3 965.8 1,772.7 249.3 1.0 615.5 50.1 – 50.1 – Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2012, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $118.6 million and $425.0 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. 76 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) Securities Available for Sale U.S. Government Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Non-U.S. Government Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Certificates of Deposit Auction Rate Other DECEMBER 31, 2011 LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 NETTING $ $4,029.4 – – – – – – – – – – – $ – 15.8 16,771.4 2,676.7 754.9 173.7 972.1 163.8 1,604.8 2,418.1 – 433.5 $ – – – – – – – – – – 178.3 – Total Available for Sale Trading Account 4,029.4 25,984.8 178.3 – 8.0 – Total Available for Sale and Trading Securities 4,029.4 25,992.8 178.3 Other Assets Derivatives Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Swaps Credit Default Swaps Total Derivatives Other Liabilities Derivatives Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Swaps Credit Default Swaps Total Derivatives Contingent Consideration – – – – – – – – – 3,087.3 338.3 0.7 3,426.3 2,991.6 231.9 0.1 3,223.6 – – – – – – – – – 56.8 ASSETS/ LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE $ 4,029.4 15.8 16,771.4 2,676.7 754.9 173.7 972.1 163.8 1,604.8 2,418.1 178.3 433.5 30,192.5 8.0 30,200.5 3,087.3 338.3 0.7 1,182.6 2,991.6 231.9 0.1 942.6 56.8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (2,243.7) – – – (2,281.0) – Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2011, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $220.1 million and $257.4 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 77 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis may be adjusted to fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition, for example, to record an impairment of an asset. GAAP requires entities to separately disclose these subsequent fair value measurements and to classify them under the fair value hierarchy. The following provides information regarding those assets measured at at December 31, 2012 and 2011, segregated by fair value hierarchy level. value on a nonrecurring basis fair (In Millions) LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL FAIR VALUE December 31, 2012 Loans(1) Other Real Estate Owned(2) Total Assets at Fair Value December 31, 2011 Loans(1) Other Real Estate Owned(2) Total Assets at Fair Value $ $ $ $ – – – – – – $ $ $ $ – – – – – – $35.0 $35.0 2.3 2.3 $37.3 $37.3 $ 64.3 $ 64.3 3.8 3.8 $ 68.1 $ 68.1 (1) In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Subtopic 310-10, Northern Trust recorded individually impaired loans at fair value and, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, reduced by $8.5 million and increased by $11.3 million the level of specific allowances on these loans. (2) In accordance with ASC Subtopics 310-40 and 360-10, Northern Trust recorded Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) at fair value and subsequently charged $0.8 million and $1.5 million through other operating expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to reduce the fair values of these OREO properties. The fair values of real-estate loan collateral and OREO properties were estimated using a market approach typically supported by third party valuations and property specific fees and taxes, and were subject to reflect management’s judgment as to their realizable value. Other loan collateral, typically consisting of accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, is valued using a market approach, adjusted for asset specific characteristics, and in limited instances, third party valuations are used. to adjustments The following tables present the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. L E V E L 3 A S S E T S (In Millions) Fair Value at January 1 Total Gains and (Losses): Included in Earnings(1) Included in Other Comprehensive Income(2) Purchases, Issuances, Sales, and Settlements: Sales Settlements AUCTION RATE SECURITIES 2012 2011 $178.3 $ 367.8 (21.6) 6.4 (54.7) (10.6) 10.7 (19.0) (1.5) (179.7) Fair Value at December 31 $ 97.8 $ 178.3 (1) Realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $21.6 million include $20.8 million of losses from sales of securities and $1.6 million of impairment losses, partially offset by $0.8 million of gains from redemptions by issuers. Realized gains for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $10.7 million include $10.6 million from redemptions by issuers and $0.1 million from sales of securities. Gains on redemptions are recorded in interest income and sales and impairment losses are recorded in investment security gains (losses), net, within the consolidated statement of income. (2) Unrealized losses related to auction rate securities are included in net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. L E V E L 3 L I A B I L I T I E S (In Millions) Fair Value at January 1 Total (Gains) and Losses: Included in Earnings(1) Included in Other Comprehensive Income(2) Purchases, Issuances, Sales, and Settlements: Purchases Settlements OTHER LIABILITIES 2012 $56.8 2.0 (0.5) – (8.2) 2011 $ 23.1 (0.1) – 56.9 (23.1) Fair Value at December 31 Unrealized (Gains) Losses Included in Earnings Related to Financial Instruments Held at December 31(1) $50.1 $ 56.8 $ 4.8 $ (0.1) (1) Gains (losses) are recorded in other operating income (expense) within the consolidated statement of income. (2) Unrealized foreign currency related losses on contingent consideration liabilities are included in foreign currency translation adjustments, within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Note: Other liabilities balances in 2012 and 2011 relate to contingent consideration liabilities, as well as a Visa indemnification liability within the 2011 opening and settlement balances. As of December 31, 2011, the Visa indemnification liability had been eliminated in its entirety. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no transfers into or out of Level 3 assets or liabilities. 78 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S The following table provides the fair value of, and the valuation technique, significant unobservable inputs, and quantitative information used to develop the significant unobservable inputs for, Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2012. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT FAIR VALUE VALUATION TECHNIQUE UNOBSERVABLE INPUT RANGE OF DISCOUNTS APPLIED Loans OREO $35.0 million Market Approach $2.3 million Market Approach Discount to reflect realizable value Discount to reflect realizable value 15% – 40% 15% – 40% Fair Value of Financial Instruments. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value. It excludes from this requirement nonfinancial assets and liabilities, as well as a wide range of franchise, relationship, and intangible values that add value to Northern Trust. Accordingly, the required fair value disclosures provide only a partial estimate of the fair value of Northern Trust. Financial instruments fair value on Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheet are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments that are not carried at fair value. recorded at Held to Maturity Securities. The fair values of held to maturity securities were modeled by external pricing vendors, or in limited cases internally, using widely accepted models which are based on an income approach that incorporates current market yield curves. Loans (excluding lease receivables). The fair value of the loan portfolio was estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates offered by Northern Trust as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The fair values of all loans were adjusted to reflect current assessments of loan collectability. Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The fair values of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank to their carrying values which represent stock are equal redemption value. Community Development Investments. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates. Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation. These assets include U.S. treasury securities and investments in mutual and collective trust funds held to fund certain supplemental employee benefit obligations and deferred compensation plans. Fair values of U.S. treasury securities were determined using quoted, active market prices for identical securities. The fair values of investments in mutual and collective trust funds were valued at the funds’ net asset values based on a market approach. Savings Certificates and Other Time Deposits. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates market interest rates currently offered by Northern Trust for deposits with similar maturities. Senior Notes, Subordinated Debt, and Floating Rate Capital Debt. Fair values were determined using a market approach based on quoted market prices, when available. If quoted market prices were not available, fair values were based on quoted market prices for comparable instruments. Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates market interest rates available to Northern Trust. Loan Commitments. The fair values of loan commitments represent the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third party adjusted for any related allowance for credit losses. Standby Letters of Credit. The fair values of standby letters of credit are measured as the amount of unamortized fees on these instruments, inclusive of the related allowance for credit losses. Fees are determined by applying basis points to the principal amounts of the letters of credit. Financial Instruments Valued at Carrying Value. Due to their short maturity, the carrying values of certain financial instruments approximated their fair values. These financial instruments include cash and due from banks; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, interest-bearing deposits with banks, Federal Reserve deposits and other interest-bearing assets; client security settlement receivables; non-U.S. offices interest-bearing deposits; federal funds purchased; to repurchase; and other borrowings (includes term federal funds purchased, and other short-term borrowings). As required by GAAP, the fair values required to be disclosed for demand, noninterest-bearing, savings, and money market deposits must equal the amounts disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet, even though such deposits are typically priced at a premium in banking industry consolidations. sold under agreements securities N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 79 The following tables summarize the fair values of financial instruments. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S DECEMBER 31, 2012 FAIR VALUE LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 $ 3,752.7 – – – 1,784.6 – – – – – – – 86.7 $39,221.5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – $ – 60.8 18,803.5 7,619.7 26,761.1 2,394.8 8.0 – – 2,049.1 197.6 275.1 39.4 $ – 2,476.7 39,720.2 780.2 699.8 367.4 2,513.4 1,065.3 345.4 228.0 $ – – – – 97.8 – – 28,220.2 11.7 – $ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 60.5 50.1 38.9 $ 21.3 42.3 $ 129.7 75.3 1.0 1,735.3 1,730.4 180.6 174.0 – – – – – – – – – BOOK VALUE $ 3,752.7 60.8 18,803.5 7,619.7 28,643.5 2,382.0 8.0 28,165.4 11.7 2,049.1 197.6 253.2 121.3 $39,221.5 2,466.1 39,720.2 780.2 699.8 367.4 2,405.8 1,045.4 335.0 277.0 60.5 50.1 38.9 TOTAL FAIR VALUE $ 3,752.7 60.8 18,803.5 7,619.7 28,643.5 2,394.8 8.0 28,220.2 11.7 2,049.1 197.6 275.1 126.1 $39,221.5 2,476.7 39,720.2 780.2 699.8 367.4 2,513.4 1,065.3 345.4 228.0 60.5 50.1 38.9 $ 21.3 42.3 $ 21.3 42.3 $ 129.7 75.3 1.0 1,735.3 1,730.4 180.6 174.0 129.7 75.3 1.0 1,735.3 1,730.4 180.6 174.0 (In Millions) ASSETS Cash and Due from Banks Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Securities Available for Sale (Note) Held to Maturity Trading Account Loans (excluding Leases) Held for Investment Held for Sale Client Security Settlement Receivables Other Assets Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock Community Development Investments Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation LIABILITIES Deposits Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings and Money Market Savings Certificates and Other Time Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase Other Borrowings Senior Notes Long Term Debt (excluding Leases) Subordinated Debt Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings Floating Rate Capital Debt Other Liabilities Standby Letters of Credit Contingent Consideration Loan Commitments DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Asset/Liability Management Foreign Exchange Contracts Assets Liabilities Interest Rate Swaps Assets Liabilities Credit Default Swaps Liabilities Client-Related and Trading Foreign Exchange Contracts Assets Liabilities Interest Rate Swaps Assets Liabilities Note: Refer to the table located on page 76 for the disaggregation of available for sale securities. 80 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) ASSETS Cash and Due from Banks Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Securities Available for Sale (Note) Held to Maturity Trading Account Loans (excluding Leases) Held for Investment Held for Sale Client Security Settlement Receivables Other Assets Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock Community Development Investments Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation LIABILITIES Deposits Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings and Money Market Savings Certificates and Other Time Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase Other Borrowings Senior Notes Long Term Debt (excluding Leases) Subordinated Debt Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings Floating Rate Capital Debt Other Liabilities Standby Letters of Credit Contingent Consideration Loan Commitments DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Asset/Liability Management Foreign Exchange Contracts Assets Liabilities Interest Rate Swaps Assets Liabilities Credit Default Swaps Assets Liabilities Client-Related and Trading Foreign Exchange Contracts Assets Liabilities Interest Rate Swaps Assets Liabilities BOOK VALUE $ 4,315.3 121.3 16,696.4 13,448.6 30,192.5 799.2 8.0 27,782.7 9.3 778.3 172.9 290.8 106.5 $43,751.2 3,058.3 35,868.0 815.3 1,198.8 931.5 2,126.7 1,033.4 1,055.0 276.9 61.3 56.8 45.5 TOTAL FAIR VALUE $ 4,315.3 121.3 16,696.4 13,448.6 30,192.5 817.1 8.0 27,913.7 9.3 778.3 172.9 319.9 117.3 $43,751.2 3,065.5 35,868.0 815.3 1,198.8 931.5 2,197.3 1,040.0 1,082.1 211.6 61.3 56.8 45.5 DECEMBER 31, 2011 FAIR VALUE LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 $ 4,315.3 – – – 4,029.4 – – – – – – – 82.4 $43,751.2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – $ – 121.3 16,696.4 13,448.6 25,984.8 817.1 8.0 – – 778.3 172.9 319.9 34.9 $ – 3,065.5 35,868.0 815.3 1,198.8 931.5 2,197.3 1,040.0 1,082.1 211.6 – – – $ – – – – 178.3 – – 27,913.7 9.3 – $ – – – – – – – – – – – – – 61.3 56.8 45.5 – – – – – – – – – – $ 25.2 31.8 $ 25.2 31.8 $ 149.6 47.3 0.7 0.1 3,062.1 2,959.8 188.7 184.6 149.6 47.3 0.7 0.1 3,062.1 2,959.8 188.7 184.6 $ 25.2 31.8 $ 149.6 47.3 0.7 0.1 3,062.1 2,959.8 188.7 184.6 Note: Refer to the table located on page 77 for the disaggregation of available for sale securities. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 81 Note 4 – Securities Securities Available for Sale. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values, and remaining maturities of securities N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S available for sale. R E C O N C I L I A T I O N O F A M O R T I Z E D C O S T T O F A I R V A L U E S O F S E C U R I T I E S A V A I L A B L E F O R S A L E (In Millions) U.S. Government Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Auction Rate Other Total (In Millions) U.S. Government Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Non-U.S. Government Debt Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Certificates of Deposit Auction Rate Other Total AMORTIZED COST $ 1,747.9 13.9 18,520.6 2,602.4 1,697.1 1,053.9 102.4 2,280.0 99.6 304.4 DECEMBER 31, 2012 GROSS UNREALIZED GAINS GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 36.7 0.2 122.2 18.1 51.0 7.0 0.4 4.3 2.1 0.8 $ – – 4.0 2.1 0.1 0.2 10.8 0.4 3.9 – FAIR VALUE $ 1,784.6 14.1 18,638.8 2,618.4 1,748.0 1,060.7 92.0 2,283.9 97.8 305.2 $28,422.2 $ 242.8 $ 21.5 $28,643.5 AMORTIZED COST $ 3,965.9 14.9 16,702.6 2,677.7 746.1 173.7 971.0 196.1 1,606.8 2,418.2 186.5 433.1 DECEMBER 31, 2011 GROSS UNREALIZED GAINS GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES $ $ 63.5 0.9 86.1 4.7 9.2 – 3.0 – 1.3 0.2 4.3 0.6 – – 17.3 5.7 0.4 – 1.9 32.3 3.3 0.3 12.5 0.2 73.9 FAIR VALUE $ 4,029.4 15.8 16,771.4 2,676.7 754.9 173.7 972.1 163.8 1,604.8 2,418.1 178.3 433.5 $ 30,192.5 $ 30,092.6 $ 173.8 $ R E M A I N I N G M A T U R I T Y O F S E C U R I T I E S A V A I L A B L E F O R S A L E DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 (In Millions) Due in One Year or Less Due After One Year Through Five Years Due After Five Years Through Ten Years Due After Ten Years Total AMORTIZED COST $ 7,431.7 18,663.4 1,724.0 603.1 FAIR VALUE $ 7,451.2 18,840.4 1,738.0 613.9 AMORTIZED COST $ 9,468.8 18,464.6 1,326.7 832.5 FAIR VALUE $ 9,469.6 18,555.1 1,333.7 834.1 $28,422.2 $28,643.5 $30,092.6 $ 30,192.5 Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments. 82 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Securities Held to Maturity. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values and remaining maturities of securities held to maturity. R E C O N C I L I A T I O N O F A M O R T I Z E D C O S T T O F A I R V A L U E S O F S E C U R I T I E S H E L D T O M A T U R I T Y (In Millions) Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Non-U.S. Government Debt Certificates of Deposit Other Total (In Millions) Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Other Total DECEMBER 31, 2012 GROSS UNREALIZED GAINS GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 17.2 3.8 – 0.2 0.3 $ – – – 0.6 8.1 AMORTIZED COST $ 329.3 112.9 205.0 1,667.6 67.2 FAIR VALUE $ 346.5 116.7 205.0 1,667.2 59.4 $2,382.0 $ 21.5 $ 8.7 $2,394.8 DECEMBER 31, 2011 GROSS UNREALIZED GAINS $ 24.6 4.3 0.1 GROSS UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 0.1 0.1 10.9 $ FAIR VALUE 553.9 161.0 102.2 AMORTIZED COST $ 529.4 156.8 113.0 $ 799.2 $ 29.0 $ 11.1 $ 817.1 R E M A I N I N G M A T U R I T Y O F S E C U R I T I E S H E L D T O M A T U R I T Y DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 (In Millions) Due in One Year or Less Due After One Year Through Five Years Due After Five Years Through Ten Years Due After Ten Years Total AMORTIZED COST $2,029.5 268.1 45.4 39.0 FAIR VALUE $2,030.6 280.2 49.8 34.2 $2,382.0 $2,394.8 AMORTIZED COST $199.5 355.4 215.5 28.8 $799.2 $ FAIR VALUE 200.9 365.5 226.1 24.6 $ 817.1 Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments. Securities held to maturity consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold until maturity. Investment Security Gains and Losses. Net investment security losses totaling $1.7 million, $23.9 million, and $20.4 million were recognized in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, and included OTTI losses of $3.3 million, $23.3 million, and $21.2 million, respectively. Gross proceeds from the sale of securities during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $2.7 billion resulted in gross realized gains of $23.5 million and gross realized losses of $21.9 million. There were $1.6 million and $0.8 million of other realized net security gains in 2012 and 2010, respectively, and $0.6 million of other realized net security losses in 2011. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 83 Securities with Unrealized Losses. The following tables provide information regarding securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. S E C U R I T I E S W I T H U N R E A L I Z E D L O S S E S A S O F D E C E M B E R 3 1 , 2 0 1 2 LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR LONGER TOTAL N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Certificates of Deposit Auction Rate Other Total FAIR VALUE $ 482.2 441.5 20.1 113.8 – 146.1 1,178.8 2.7 9.3 $2,394.5 UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 1.0 2.0 0.1 0.2 – 0.1 0.6 0.3 1.9 $ 6.2 FAIR VALUE $1,171.8 50.0 – – 84.7 40.0 – 41.0 43.8 $1,431.3 $ 3.0 0.1 – – 10.8 0.3 – 3.6 6.2 $24.0 $ 1,654.0 491.5 20.1 113.8 84.7 186.1 1,178.8 43.7 53.1 $ 3,825.8 UNREALIZED LOSSES FAIR VALUE UNREALIZED LOSSES S E C U R I T I E S W I T H U N R E A L I Z E D L O S S E S A S O F D E C E M B E R 3 1 , 2 0 1 1 (In Millions) Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Corporate Debt Covered Bonds Supranational Bonds Residential Mortgage-Backed Other Asset-Backed Certificates of Deposit Auction Rate Other Total LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR LONGER TOTAL $ FAIR VALUE 2.7 5,492.5 1,027.5 50.4 438.2 4.7 824.6 1,019.9 61.0 146.3 $ 9,067.8 UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 0.1 14.1 4.1 0.4 1.8 0.9 2.3 0.3 7.3 2.1 $33.4 $ FAIR VALUE – 470.1 123.6 – 99.9 158.8 205.7 – 52.6 45.0 UNREALIZED LOSSES $ – 3.3 1.6 – 0.1 31.4 1.0 – 5.2 9.0 $ FAIR VALUE 2.7 5,962.6 1,151.1 50.4 538.1 163.5 1,030.3 1,019.9 113.6 191.3 $ 1,155.7 $ 51.6 $10,223.5 $ 4.0 2.1 0.1 0.2 10.8 0.4 0.6 3.9 8.1 $30.2 UNREALIZED LOSSES $ 0.1 17.4 5.7 0.4 1.9 32.3 3.3 0.3 12.5 11.1 $ 85.0 As of December 31, 2012, 233 securities with a combined fair value of $3.8 billion were in an unrealized loss position, with their unrealized losses totaling $30.2 million. Unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities totaling $10.8 million reflect the impact of wider credit and liquidity spreads on the valuations of 13 residential mortgage-backed securities since purchase, with $84.7 million having been in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. Residential mortgage-backed below double-A at December 31, 2012 represented 96% of the total fair value of comprised residential mortgage-backed securities, were primarily of subprime, prime, and Alt-A securities, and had a total amortized cost and fair value of $98.6 million and $88.2 million, respectively. Securities classified as “other asset- backed” at December 31, 2012 had average lives of less than 5 years, and 99% were rated triple-A. securities rated Unrealized losses of $4.0 million related to government sponsored agency securities are primarily attributable to changes in market rates since their purchase. The majority of the $8.1 million of unrealized losses in securities classified as 84 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N for “other” at December 31, 2012 relate to securities which Northern Trust purchases compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). Unrealized losses on these CRA related other securities are attributable to their purchase at below market rates for the purpose of supporting institutions and programs that benefit low to moderate income communities within Northern Trust’s market area. Unrealized losses of $3.9 million related to auction rate securities primarily reflect reduced market liquidity as a majority of auctions continue to fail preventing holders from liquidating their investments at par. Unrealized losses of $2.1 million within corporate debt securities primarily reflect widened credit spreads; 45% of the corporate debt portfolio is backed by guarantees provided by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental entities. The remaining unrealized losses on Northern Trust’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2012 are attributable to changes in overall market interest rates, increased credit spreads, or reduced market liquidity. As of December 31, 2012, Northern Trust does not intend to sell any investment in an unrealized loss position and it is not N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S more likely than not that Northern Trust will be required to sell any such investment before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. Security impairment reviews are conducted quarterly to identify and evaluate securities that have indications of possible OTTI. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors Northern Trust considers in determining whether impairment is other- than-temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time the security has been impaired; the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; activity in the market of the issuer which may indicate adverse credit conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date; and the likelihood that it will not be required to sell the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. For each security meeting the requirements of Northern Trust’s internal screening process, an extensive review is conducted to determine if OTTI has occurred. While all securities are considered, the following describes Northern Trust’s process for identifying credit impairment within non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, the security type for which Northern Trust has recognized the majority of its OTTI. To determine if an unrealized loss on a non-agency residential mortgage-backed security is other- than-temporary, economic models are used to perform cash of the forecasts security’s reasonable flow analyses by developing multiple scenarios in order to future create performance using available data including servicers’ loan charge off patterns, prepayment speeds, annualized default the rates, each security’s current delinquency pipeline, delinquency pipeline’s growth rate, rate from the roll delinquency to default, loan loss severities and historical performance of like collateral, along with Northern Trust’s outlook for the housing market and the overall economy. If the present value of future cash flows projected as a result of this analysis is less than the current amortized cost of the security, a credit-related OTTI loss is recorded to earnings equal to the difference between the two amounts. limited to, U.S. Impairments of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities are influenced by a number of factors, including but and housing market economic not performance, security credit enhancement level, insurance coverage, year of origination, and type of collateral. The factors used in estimating losses on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities vary by year of origination and type of collateral. As of December 31, 2012, loss estimates for subprime, Alt-A, prime and 2nd lien collateral portfolios were developed using default roll rates, determined primarily by the that stage of delinquency of generally assumed ultimate default rates approximating 5% to 30% for current loans; 30% for loans 30 to 60 days delinquent; 80% for loans 60 to 90 days delinquent; 90% for loans delinquent greater than 90 days; and 100% for OREO properties and loans that are in foreclosure. the underlying instrument, December 31, 2012 amortized cost, weighted average ultimate default rates, and impairment severity rates for the non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio, by security type, are provided in the following table. ($ In Millions) Prime Alt-A Subprime 2nd Lien Total Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities DECEMBER 31, 2012 LOSS SEVERITY RATES WEIGHTED AVERAGE ULTIMATE DEFAULT RATES LOW HIGH 21.5% 42.2 49.5 33.6 41.8% 33.0% 68.3 61.8 98.5 33.0% 48.6% 68.3 84.2 100.0 100.0% WEIGHTED AVERAGE 34.7% 68.3 76.6 99.2 76.9% AMORTIZED COST $ 9.3 13.1 56.7 23.3 $102.4 During the year ended December 31, 2012, OTTI losses totaling $3.3 million were recognized, of which $1.7 million related to non- agency residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.6 million related to auction rate securities. Northern Trust’s processes for identifying credit impairment within auction rate securities are largely consistent with the processes utilized for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and include analyses of loss severities and default rates adjusted for the type of underlying loan and the presence of government guarantees, as applicable. OTTI losses of $23.3 million and $21.2 million were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to non- agency residential mortgage-backed securities. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 85 Credit Losses on Debt Securities. The table below provides information regarding total other-than-temporarily impaired securities, including noncredit-related amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and net impairment losses recognized in earnings, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) Changes in Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses(1) Noncredit-related Losses Recorded in / (Reclassified from) OCI(2) Net Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings 2012 $(2.7) (0.6) $(3.3) DECEMBER 31, 2011 $ (1.1) (22.2) $(23.3) 2010 $ (0.8) (20.4) $(21.2) (1) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective year, the balance includes the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired securities. For subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes any additional changes in fair value of the security subsequent to its most recently recorded OTTI. (2) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective year, the balance includes the portion of the excess of amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired securities that was recorded in OCI. For subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes additional changes in OCI for that security subsequent to its most recently recorded OTTI. Provided in the table below are the cumulative credit- related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities other- than-temporarily impaired. Note 5 – Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (In Millions) Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Securities Held – Beginning of Year Plus: Losses on Newly Identified Impairments Additional Losses on Previously Identified YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 68.2 1.6 $ 94.2 1.5 Impairments 1.7 21.8 Less: Current and Prior Period Losses on Securities Sold During the Year (29.2) (49.3) Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Securities Held – End of Year $ 42.3 $ 68.2 Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. the fair value of The table below provides information regarding debt securities held as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, for which an OTTI loss has been recognized in the current year or previously. The following tables summarize information related to securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. (In Millions) Fair Value Amortized Cost Basis Noncredit-related Losses Recognized in OCI Tax Effect DECEMBER 31, 2012 $51.5 59.0 (7.5) 2.8 2011 $ 73.6 96.8 (23.2) 8.6 Amount Recognized in OCI $ (4.7) $(14.6) S E C U R I T I E S P U R C H A S E D U N D E R A G R E E M E N T S T O R E S E L L ($ In Millions) Balance at December 31 Average Balance During the Year Average Interest Rate Earned During the Year Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year S E C U R I T I E S S O L D U N D E R A G R E E M E N T S T O R E P U R C H A S E ($ In Millions) Balance at December 31 Average Balance During the Year Average Interest Rate Paid During the Year Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year 2012 2011 $ 35.4 241.5 0.16% 537.4 $ 74.7 246.3 0.07% 424.2 2012 2011 $699.8 448.2 $1,198.8 815.8 0.08% 0.08% 699.8 1,479.3 86 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 6 – Loans and Leases Amounts outstanding for loans and leases, by segment and class, are shown below. (In Millions) Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal Total Loans and Leases Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases Net Loans and Leases DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 7,468.5 2,859.8 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 $ 6,918.7 2,981.7 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 12,897.2 12,354.3 10,375.2 6,130.1 102.0 10,708.9 5,651.4 349.3 16,607.3 $29,504.5 16,709.6 $29,063.9 (297.9) (294.8) $29,206.6 $28,769.1 Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity credit lines that generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Northern Trust’s equity credit line products have draw periods of up to 10 years and a balloon payment of any outstanding balance is due at maturity. Payments are interest only with variable interest rates. Northern Trust does not offer equity credit lines that include an option to convert the outstanding balance to an amortizing payment loan. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, equity credit lines totaled $2.3 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, and equity credit lines for which the first liens were held by Northern Trust at those dates represented 86% of the respective totals. Included within the non-U.S., commercial-other, and personal-other classes are short duration advances, primarily related to the processing of custodied client investments, that totaled $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2012 and loan 2011, respectively. Demand deposits reclassified as balances totaled $224.7 million and $191.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans classified as held for sale totaled $11.7 million at December 31, 2012 and $9.3 million at December 31, 2011. The components of the net investment in direct finance and leveraged leases are as follows: (In Millions) Direct Finance Leases: Lease Receivable Residual Value Initial Direct Costs Unearned Income DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 239.2 162.2 3.5 (43.5) $ 156.3 149.2 2.9 (44.1) Investment in Direct Finance Leases $ 361.4 $ 264.3 Leveraged Leases: Net Rental Receivable Residual Value Unearned Income Investment in Leveraged Leases Lease Financing, net 559.9 297.9 (184.2) 326.0 622.7 (234.2) $ 673.6 $ 714.5 $1,035.0 $ 978.8 The following schedule reflects the future minimum lease payments to be received over the next five years under direct finance leases: (In Millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS $48.6 45.7 39.5 29.1 26.7 Credit Quality Indicators. Credit quality indicators are statistics, measurements or other metrics that provide information regarding the relative credit risk of loans and leases. Northern Trust utilizes a variety of credit quality indicators to assess the credit risk of loans and leases at the segment, class, and individual credit exposure levels. As part of its credit process, Northern Trust utilizes an internal borrower risk rating system to support identification, approval, and monitoring of credit risk. Borrower risk ratings are used in credit underwriting, management reporting, and the calculation of credit loss allowances and economic capital. Risk ratings are used for ranking the credit risk of borrowers and the probability of their default. Each borrower is rated using one of a number of ratings models, which consider both quantitative and qualitative factors. The ratings models vary among classes of loans and leases in order to N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 87 capture the unique risk characteristics inherent within each particular type of credit exposure. Provided below are the significant performance indicator attributes considered within Northern Trust’s borrower rating models, by loan and lease class. ‰ leverage, profit margin, Commercial and Institutional: liquidity, return on assets, asset size, and capital levels; Commercial Real Estate: debt service coverage and leasing status for income-producing properties; loan-to-value leasing status, and guarantor and loan-to-cost ratios, support loans associated with construction and for development properties; Lease Financing and Commercial-Other: profit margin levels; leverage and ‰ ‰ N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S ‰ ‰ Private Client: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios, leverage, and profit margin levels; and Personal-Other: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios. While the criteria vary by model, the objective is for the borrower ratings to be consistent in both the measurement and ranking of risk. Each model is calibrated to a master rating scale to support this consistency. Ratings for borrowers not in default range from “1” for the strongest credits to “7” for the weakest non-defaulted credits. Ratings of “8” or “9” are used for defaulted borrowers. Borrower risk ratings are monitored and are revised when events or circumstances indicate a change is required. Risk ratings are validated at least annually. ‰ Non-U.S.: entity type, liquidity, size, and leverage; ‰ Residential Real Estate: payment history, credit bureau scores, and cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios; Loan and lease segment and class balances at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are provided below, segregated by borrower ratings into “1 to 3”, “4 to 5”, and “6 to 9” (watch list), categories. DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 1 TO 3 CATEGORY 4 TO 5 CATEGORY 6 TO 9 CATEGORY (WATCH LIST) TOTAL 1 TO 3 CATEGORY 4 TO 5 CATEGORY 6 TO 9 CATEGORY (WATCH LIST) TOTAL $ 4,291.8 888.6 647.1 542.7 167.2 $ 3,040.6 1,710.9 382.3 646.6 174.4 $136.1 260.3 5.6 3.0 – $ 7,468.5 2,859.8 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 $ 3,681.8 1,247.1 547.7 519.0 241.4 $ 3,029.1 1,467.2 422.3 527.3 176.2 $207.8 267.4 8.8 11.2 – $ 6,918.7 2,981.7 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 6,537.4 5,954.8 405.0 12,897.2 6,237.0 5,622.1 495.2 12,354.3 (In Millions) Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other 3,003.3 3,741.3 50.0 6,868.2 2,365.4 52.0 503.7 23.4 – 10,375.2 6,130.1 102.0 2,777.1 3,390.6 162.3 7,501.0 2,245.9 187.0 Total Personal 6,794.6 9,285.6 527.1 16,607.3 6,330.0 9,933.9 430.8 14.9 – 445.7 10,708.9 5,651.4 349.3 16,709.6 Total Loans and Leases $13,332.0 $15,240.4 $932.1 $29,504.5 $12,567.0 $15,556.0 $940.9 $29,063.9 Loans and leases in the “1 to 3” category are expected to exhibit minimal to modest probabilities of default and are characterized by borrowers having the strongest financial qualities, including above average financial flexibility, cash flows and capital levels. Borrowers assigned these ratings are anticipated to experience very little to moderate financial pressure in adverse down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a minimal to modest likelihood of loss. Loans and leases in the “4 to 5” category are expected to exhibit moderate to acceptable probabilities of default and are characterized by borrowers with less financial flexibility than those in the “1 to 3” category. Cash flows and capital levels are generally sufficient to allow for borrowers to meet current requirements, but have reduced cushion in adverse down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a moderate likelihood of loss. Loans and leases in the watch list category have elevated credit risk profiles that are monitored through internal watch lists, and consist of credits with borrower ratings of “6 to 9”. These credits, which include all nonperforming credits, are expected to exhibit minimally acceptable probabilities of default, elevated risk of default, or are currently in default. Borrowers associated with these risk profiles that are not 88 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S currently in default have limited financial flexibility. Cash flows and capital levels range from acceptable to potentially to meet current requirements, particularly in insufficient these scenarios. As adverse down cycle characteristics, borrowers in this category exhibit an elevated to probable likelihood of loss. result of a The following tables provide balances and delinquency status of performing and nonperforming loans and leases by segment and class, as well as the other real estate owned and total nonperforming asset balances, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. (In Millions) DECEMBER 31, 2012 Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal CURRENT 30 – 59 DAYS PAST DUE 60 – 89 DAYS PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE TOTAL PERFORMING NONPERFORMING TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES $ 7,433.4 2,782.0 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 12,784.3 10,096.3 6,091.3 102.0 16,289.6 $ 6.4 6.9 – – – 13.3 68.1 14.8 – 82.9 $ 5.5 13.1 – – – $ 1.6 1.4 – – – $ 7,446.9 2,803.4 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 $ 21.6 56.4 – – – $ 7,468.5 2,859.8 1,035.0 1,192.3 341.6 18.6 3.0 12,819.2 78.0 12,897.2 25.7 16.3 – 42.0 10.5 5.5 – 10,200.6 6,127.9 102.0 174.6 2.2 – 10,375.2 6,130.1 102.0 16.0 16,430.5 176.8 16,607.3 Total Loans and Leases $29,073.9 $96.2 $60.6 $19.0 $29,249.7 $254.8 $29,504.5 (In Millions) DECEMBER 31, 2011 Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Non-U.S. Other Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Other Total Personal Other Real Estate Owned Total Nonperforming Assets $ 20.3 $275.1 CURRENT 30 – 59 DAYS PAST DUE 60 – 89 DAYS PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE TOTAL PERFORMING NONPERFORMING TOTAL LOANS AND LEASES $ 6,869.2 2,878.2 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 $ 15.0 10.8 – – – 12,201.3 25.8 10,428.0 5,623.0 349.3 16,400.3 67.7 15.7 – 83.4 $ 2.7 10.3 – – – 13.0 27.6 5.7 – 33.3 $ 0.5 2.9 – – – $ 6,887.4 2,902.2 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 $ 31.3 79.5 – – – $ 6,918.7 2,981.7 978.8 1,057.5 417.6 3.4 12,243.5 110.8 12,354.3 8.0 1.7 – 9.7 10,531.3 5,646.1 349.3 16,526.7 177.6 5.3 – 10,708.9 5,651.4 349.3 182.9 16,709.6 Total Loans and Leases $28,601.6 $109.2 $46.3 $13.1 $28,770.2 $293.7 $29,063.9 Other Real Estate Owned Total Nonperforming Assets $ 21.2 $314.9 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 89 The following tables provide information related to impaired loans by segment and class. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) With no related specific allowance Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Residential Real Estate Private Client With a related specific allowance Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Commercial Personal Total (In Millions) With no related specific allowance Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Residential Real Estate Private Client With a related specific allowance Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Commercial Personal Total SPECIFIC ALLOWANCE RECORDED INVESTMENT RECORDED INVESTMENT $ 15.1 64.9 4.6 131.3 0.8 8.1 32.3 11.8 0.9 UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE $ 19.3 76.9 4.6 165.7 1.0 10.2 33.8 13.0 0.9 125.0 144.8 144.8 180.6 $ – – – – – 2.8 8.2 6.1 0.9 11.0 7.0 UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE $ 24.0 68.0 – 162.6 1.9 20.5 50.1 26.2 3.6 $ 21.4 46.5 – 134.4 1.6 11.9 41.4 18.9 3.3 121.2 158.2 162.6 194.3 SPECIFIC ALLOWANCE $ – – – – – 8.8 14.1 8.9 1.0 22.9 9.9 $269.8 $325.4 $18.0 $279.4 $356.9 $32.8 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AVERAGE RECORDED INVESTMENT INTEREST INCOME RECOGNIZED AVERAGE RECORDED INVESTMENT INTEREST INCOME RECOGNIZED $ 22.7 51.6 3.8 117.3 1.6 6.9 23.3 14.3 1.0 108.3 134.2 $242.5 $0.1 1.2 – 0.8 – – – – – 1.3 0.8 $ 18.3 33.0 – 111.8 2.2 23.6 59.8 9.7 2.0 134.7 125.7 $2.1 $260.4 $0.1 0.5 – 2.1 – – – – – 0.6 2.1 $2.7 Note: Average recorded investments in impaired loans are calculated as the average of the month-end impaired loan balances for the period. Interest income that would have been recorded on nonperforming loans in accordance with their original terms totaled approximately $11.6 million in 2012, $15.4 million in 2011, and $16.0 million in 2010. There were $2.1 million and $9.7 million of combined unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, issued to borrowers whose loans were classified as nonperforming or impaired. Troubled Debt Restructurings. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $49.8 million and $72.2 million, respectively, of nonperforming TDRs and $74.7 million and included $41.1 million, respectively, of performing TDRs, within impaired loans. 90 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S The following tables provide, by segment and class, the number of loans and leases modified in TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the recorded investments and unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. ($ In Millions) December 31, 2012 Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Lease Financing, net Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Personal Total Loans and Leases NUMBER OF LOANS AND LEASES RECORDED INVESTMENT UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE 3 13 1 17 116 1 117 134 $ 0.6 36.6 4.7 $ 1.2 39.2 4.7 41.9 45.1 15.9 0.8 16.7 22.0 0.8 22.8 $58.6 $67.9 Note: Period end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. ($ In Millions) December 31, 2011 Commercial Commercial and Institutional Commercial Real Estate Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Personal Total Loans and Leases NUMBER OF LOANS AND LEASES RECORDED INVESTMENT UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE 6 16 22 148 1 149 171 $10.4 34.0 44.4 32.6 – 32.6 $12.1 42.6 54.7 40.4 – 40.4 $77.0 $95.1 Note: Period end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. involve interest TDR modifications primarily rate concessions, extensions of term, deferrals of principal, and other modifications. Other modifications typically reflect other nonstandard terms which Northern Trust would not offer in non-troubled situations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, TDR modifications of loans within the commercial and institutional class were primarily extensions of term and deferrals of principal; modifications of commercial real estate loans, leases and private client loans were primarily deferrals of principal, extensions of term and other modifications; and modifications of residential real estate loans were primarily interest rate concessions, deferrals of principal and extensions of term. There were 3 residential real estate loans modified in troubled debt restructurings during the previous 12 months which subsequently became nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2012. The total recorded investment and unpaid principal balance of these loans were $128.1 thousand and $129.3 thousand, respectively. The following table provides, by segment and class, the number of loans and leases which had both become nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2011, and been modified in the proceeding 12-month period, as well as their total recorded investments and unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2011. ($ In Millions) Commercial Commercial and Institutional Total Commercial Personal Residential Real Estate Private Client Total Personal Total Loans and Leases NUMBER OF LOANS AND LEASES RECORDED INVESTMENT UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE 1 1 8 1 9 $ – – 2.1 0.8 2.9 $0.4 0.4 2.6 1.1 3.7 10 $2.9 $4.1 Note: Period end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. All loans and leases modified in troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of impairment of TDRs, including those which have experienced a subsequent default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses. Note 7 – Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses, which represents management’s related to specific borrower estimate of probable losses relationships and inherent in the various loan and lease portfolios, unfunded commitments, and standby letters of credit, is determined by management through a disciplined credit review process. Northern Trust’s accounting policies related to the estimation of the allowance for credit losses and the charging leases and other extensions of credit deemed off of loans, uncollectible are consistent across both loan and lease segments. In establishing the inherent portion of the allowance for credit losses, Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Allowance Committee assesses a common set of qualitative factors applicable to both the commercial and personal loan segments. The risk characteristics underlying these qualitative factors, and management’s assessments as to the relative importance of a qualitative factor, can vary between loan segments and between classes within loan segments. Factors evaluated include those related to external matters, such as economic N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 91 conditions and changes in collateral value, and those related to internal matters, such as changes in asset quality metrics and loan review activities. In addition to the factors noted above, risk characteristics such as portfolio delinquencies, percentage of portfolio on the watch list and on nonperforming status, and average borrower ratings are assessed in the determination of the inherent allowance. Loan-to-value levels are considered for collateral-secured loans and leases in both the personal and commercial segments. Borrower debt service coverage is evaluated in the personal segment, and cash flow coverage is analyzed in the commercial segment. Similar risk characteristics by type of N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S exposure are analyzed when determining the allowance for unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit. These qualitative factors, together with historical loss rates, serve as the basis for the allowance for credit losses. Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged- off or a specific allowance is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. Changes in the allowance for credit losses by segment were as follows: (In Millions) Balance at Beginning of Year Charge-Offs Recoveries Net (Charge-Offs) Recoveries Provision for Credit Losses Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates Balance at End of Year Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to: Loans and Leases Unfunded Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit 2012 2011 2010 COMMERCIAL PERSONAL TOTAL COMMERCIAL PERSONAL TOTAL COMMERCIAL PERSONAL TOTAL $211.0 (19.9) 20.3 $117.9 (43.1) 16.4 $328.9 (63.0) 36.7 $256.7 (56.3) 21.5 $100.6 (60.0) 11.4 $ 357.3 (116.3) 32.9 $252.2 (76.2) 3.6 $ 88.4 (73.9) 3.3 $ 340.6 (150.1) 6.9 0.4 (17.2) – (26.7) 42.2 – (26.3) 25.0 – (34.8) (10.9) – (48.6) 65.9 – (83.4) 55.0 – (72.6) 77.2 (0.1) (70.6) 82.8 – (143.2) 160.0 (0.1) $194.2 $133.4 $327.6 $211.0 $117.9 $ 328.9 $256.7 $100.6 $ 357.3 $166.1 $131.8 $297.9 $178.6 $116.2 $ 294.8 $220.7 $ 98.9 $ 319.6 28.1 1.6 29.7 32.4 1.7 34.1 36.0 1.7 37.7 Total Allowance for Credit Losses $194.2 $133.4 $327.6 $211.0 $117.9 $ 328.9 $256.7 $100.6 $ 357.3 The following tables provide information regarding the recorded investments in loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses by segment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. (In Millions) COMMERCIAL PERSONAL TOTAL (In Millions) COMMERCIAL PERSONAL TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 2012 Loans and Leases Specifically Evaluated for Impairment Evaluated for Inherent Impairment Total Loans and Leases Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures Specifically Evaluated for Impairment Evaluated for Inherent Impairment Allowance assigned to loans and leases Allowance for Unfunded Exposures Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit $ 125.0 $ 144.8 $ 269.8 12,772.2 16,462.5 29,234.7 12,897.2 16,607.3 29,504.5 11.0 7.0 18.0 155.1 124.8 279.9 DECEMBER 31, 2011 Loans and Leases Specifically Evaluated for Impairment Evaluated for Inherent Impairment Total Loans and Leases Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures Specifically Evaluated for Impairment Evaluated for Inherent Impairment Allowance assigned to loans and $ 121.2 $ 158.2 $ 279.4 12,233.1 16,551.4 28,784.5 12,354.3 16,709.6 29,063.9 22.9 9.9 32.8 155.7 106.3 262.0 166.1 131.8 297.9 leases 178.6 116.2 294.8 28.1 1.6 29.7 Allowance for Unfunded Exposures Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit 32.4 1.7 34.1 Total Allowance for Credit Losses $ 194.2 $ 133.4 $ 327.6 Total Allowance for Credit Losses $ 211.0 $ 117.9 $ 328.9 92 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 8 – Concentrations of Credit Risk Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of borrowers or other counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The fact that a credit exposure falls into one of these groups does not necessarily indicate that the credit has a higher than normal degree of credit risk. These groups are: commercial real estate, residential real estate, and banks and bank holding companies. Commercial Real Estate. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of commercial mortgages and construction, acquisition and development loans extended primarily to highly experienced developers and/or investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to borrowers through guarantees is also commonly required. Commercial mortgage financing is income provided for producing properties. Cash flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans average approximately $1.7 million each and are primarily located in the Illinois, Florida, California, Texas and Arizona markets. Construction, acquisition and development loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower refinance the loan through a will commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion. the acquisition or the project or refinancing of sell The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types: (In Millions) Commercial Mortgages Apartment/ Multi-family Office Retail Industrial/ Warehouse Other Total Commercial Mortgages Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans Single Family Investment Other Commercial Real Estate Related 2012 2011 $ 652.9 621.4 614.5 312.5 148.7 $ 656.3 615.6 523.1 357.7 133.3 2,350.0 2,286.0 289.4 135.0 85.4 450.1 161.4 84.2 Total Commercial Real Estate Loans $2,859.8 $2,981.7 Residential Real Estate. At December 31, 2012, residential real estate loans totaled $10.4 billion, or 37% of total U.S. loans at December 31, 2012, compared with $10.7 billion or 38% at December 31, 2011. Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity credit lines, which generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Revaluations of supporting collateral are obtained upon refinancing or default or when otherwise considered warranted. Collateral revaluations for mortgages are performed by independent third parties. Of the total $10.4 billion in residential real estate loans, $3.2 billion were in the greater Chicago area, $2.5 billion were in Florida, and $1.6 billion were in California, with the remainder distributed throughout the other geographic regions within the U.S. served by Northern Trust. Legally binding commitments to extend residential real estate credit, which are primarily equity credit lines, totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2011. federal Banks and Bank Holding Companies. On-balance sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., consists primarily of interest bearing deposits with funds sold, and securities purchased under banks, agreements to resell, which totaled $18.9 billion and $16.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and noninterest- bearing demand balances maintained at correspondent banks, which totaled $3.7 billion and $4.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Credit risk associated with U.S. and non- U.S. banks and bank holding companies deemed to be counterparties by Credit Policy is managed by the Counterparty Risk Management Committee. Credit risk associated with other U.S. banks and bank holding companies that maintain commercial credit relationships with Northern Trust is managed by the relevant Credit Approval Committee and/or the Senior Credit Committee. Credit limits are established through a review process that includes an internally prepared financial analysis, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external ratings from rating agencies. Northern Trust places deposits with banks that have strong internal and external credit ratings and the average life to maturity of deposits with banks is maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. Note 9 – Buildings and Equipment A summary of buildings and equipment is presented below. (In Millions) Land and Improvements Buildings Equipment Leasehold Improvements Buildings Leased under Capital Leases DECEMBER 31, 2012 ORIGINAL COST ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION NET BOOK VALUE $ 31.8 258.0 437.1 320.5 $ 0.6 133.9 268.1 210.1 $ 31.2 124.1 169.0 110.4 82.5 47.3 35.2 Total Buildings and Equipment $1,129.9 $660.0 $469.9 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 93 The charge for depreciation, which includes depreciation of assets recorded under capital leases, amounted to $88.3 million in 2012, $89.2 million in 2011, and $93.5 million in 2010. The following table reflects the future minimum lease payments required under capital leases, net of any payments received on the long-term financing, and the present value of net capital lease obligations at December 31, 2012. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 10 – Lease Commitments At December 31, 2012, Northern Trust was obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases for buildings and equipment. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses based on market indices or increases in real estate taxes and other operating expenses and renewal option clauses calling for increased rentals. There are no restrictions imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment of dividends, debt financing or Northern Trust entering into further lease agreements. Minimum annual lease commitments as of December 31, 2012 for all non-cancelable operating leases with a term of 1 year or more are as follows: (In Millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Later Years Total Minimum Lease Payments, net Less: Amount Representing Interest Net Present Value under Capital Lease Obligations Note 11 – Goodwill and Other Intangibles FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by business unit for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows: FUTURE MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS, NET $ 8.1 8.4 8.3 8.0 8.2 15.4 56.4 15.2 $41.2 (In Millions) Balance at December 31, 2010 Goodwill Acquired Other Changes (Note) Balance at December 31, 2011 Other Changes (Note) CORPORATE AND INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES PERSONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES $ 329.5 131.4 (0.3) $ 460.6 5.7 $ 71.4 – – $ 71.4 0.1 TOTAL $ 400.9 131.4 (0.3) $ 532.0 5.8 Balance at December 31, 2012 $466.3 $71.5 $537.8 Note: Includes the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated goodwill. Other intangible assets are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows: O T H E R I N T A N G I B L E A S S E T S - S U B J E C T T O A M O R T I Z A T I O N (In Millions) Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Book Value DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $252.1 148.1 $251.2 127.8 $104.0 $123.4 Note: Other intangible assets subject to amortization include the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated intangible assets. (In Millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Later Years Total Minimum Lease Payments Less: Sublease Rentals Net Minimum Lease Payments $ 83.9 75.8 68.8 61.7 59.8 359.7 709.7 (24.1) $685.6 Operating lease rental expense, net of rental income, is recorded in occupancy expense and amounted to $77.9 million in 2012, $84.2 million in 2011, and $68.1 million in 2010. Net rental expense in 2012 and 2011 includes $3.6 million and $6.4 million, restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges attributable to reductions in office space. respectively, of One of the buildings and related land utilized for Chicago operations has been leased under an agreement that qualifies as a capital lease. The original long-term financing for the property was provided by Northern Trust. In the event of sale or refinancing, Northern Trust would anticipate receiving full repayment of any outstanding loans plus 42% of any proceeds in excess of the original project costs. 94 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Other intangible assets consist primarily of the value of acquired client relationships. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $20.3 million, $17.5 million, and $14.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Amortization for the years 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 is estimated to be $20.9 million, $20.8 million, $11.8 million, $9.1 million, and $9.1 million, respectively. Note 12 – Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt Senior Notes. A summary of senior notes outstanding at December 31 is presented below. ($ In Millions) RATE 2012 2011 Corporation-Senior Notes(1)(4) Fixed Rate Due Nov. 2012(5)(12) Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2013(6)(12) Fixed Rate Due May 2014 Fixed Rate Due Nov. 2020(7) Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2021(8) Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2022(9) 5.20% $ 5.50 4.63 3.45 3.38 2.38 – 409.6 500.0 499.5 498.1 498.6 $ 206.9 422.4 500.0 499.5 497.9 – Total Senior Notes $2,405.8 $2,126.7 Long-Term Debt. A summary of outstanding at December 31 is presented below. long-term debt ($ In Millions) Bank-Subordinated Debt(1)(4) 4.60% Notes due Feb. 2013(2) 5.85% Notes due Nov. 2017(2)(12) 6.50% Notes due Aug. 2018(2)(10)(12) 5.375% Sterling Denominated Notes due March 2015(11) Total Bank-Subordinated Debt Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings One Year or Less (Average Rate at Year End – 3.86% in 2012; 4.64% in 2011) One to Three Years (Average Rate at Year End – 4.40% in 2012; 4.08% in 2011) Five to Ten Years (Average Rate at Year End – None in 2012; 6.29% in 2011) Total Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings Capital Lease Obligations(3) 2012 2011 $ 200.0 240.8 362.3 $ 200.0 241.5 360.8 242.3 231.1 1,045.4 1,033.4 200.0 670.0 135.0 335.0 – 50.0 335.0 41.2 1,055.0 44.9 Total Long-Term Debt $1,421.6 $2,133.3 Long-Term Debt Qualifying as Risk-Based Capital $ 556.7 $ 678.9 (1) Not redeemable prior to maturity. (2) Under the terms of its current Offering Circular dated August 3, 2012, the Bank has the ability to offer from time to time its senior bank notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $4.5 billion at any one time outstanding and up to an additional $1.0 billion of subordinated notes. Each senior note will mature from 30 days to fifteen years, and each subordinated note will mature from five years to fifteen years, following its date of original issuance. Each note will mature on such date as selected by the initial purchaser and agreed to by the Bank. (3) Refer to Note 10. (4) Debt issue costs are recorded as an asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the Note. (5) Notes issued at a discount of 0.044%. (6) Notes issued at a discount of 0.09%. (7) Notes issued at a discount of 0.117%. (8) Notes issued at a discount of 0.437% (9) Notes issued at a discount of 0.283% (10) Notes issued at a discount of 0.02% (11) Notes issued at a discount of 0.484% (12) Interest rate swap contracts were entered into to modify the interest expense on these senior and subordinated notes from fixed rates to floating rates. The swaps are recorded as fair value hedges and at December 31, 2012, increases in the carrying values of the senior and subordinated notes outstanding of $9.8 million and $103.3 million, respectively, were recorded. As of December 31, 2011, increases in the carrying values of senior and subordinated notes outstanding of $29.9 million and $102.6 million, respectively, were recorded. Note 13 – Floating Rate Capital Debt In January 1997, the Corporation issued $150 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A, through a statutory business trust wholly-owned by the Corporation (“NTC Capital I”). In April 1997, the Corporation also issued, through a separate wholly-owned statutory business trust (“NTC Capital II”), $120 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series B. The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of Northern Trust Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. The Series A Securities were issued at a discount to yield 60.5 basis points above the three- month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and are due January 15, 2027. The Series B Securities were issued at a discount to yield 67.9 basis points above the three-month LIBOR and are due April 15, 2027. Both Series A and B Securities currently qualify as tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Under the provisions of The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the tier 1 regulatory capital treatment of these securities will be phased out over a three-year period beginning on January 1, 2013. The specifics of the phaseout of tier 1 capital treatment have not yet been established by bank regulators. to has The fully, receive entitled irrevocably Corporation and unconditionally guaranteed all payments due on the Series A and B Securities. The holders of the Series A and B Securities are cash distributions quarterly in arrears (based on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security) at an interest rate equal to the rate on the corresponding Subordinated Debentures. The interest rate on the Series A and Series B securities is equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.52% and 0.59%, respectively. Subject to certain exceptions, the Corporation has the right to preferential cumulative N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 95 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Common Stock. The Corporation’s current share buyback program authorization was increased to 10.0 million shares in March 2012. Under the Corporation’s current share buyback program, the Corporation may purchase an additional 6.8 million shares after December 31, 2012. The repurchased shares would be used for general purposes of the Corporation, including management of the Corporation’s capital level and the issuance of shares under stock option and other incentive plans of the Corporation. The average price paid per share for common stock repurchased in 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $46.32, $49.63, and $52.33, respectively. Under the Corporation’s capital plan, which was submitted in January 2012 and reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve in March 2012, the Corporation may repurchase up to $77.1 million of common stock after December 31, 2012 through March 2013. The Corporation submitted its most recent capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board in January 2013. An analysis of changes in the number of shares of common stock outstanding follows: 2012 2011 2010 241,008,509 242,268,903 241,679,942 449,463 189,793 300,376 973,270 149,385 419,846 (3,516,254) (1,599,572) (131,261) Balance at January 1 Incentive Plan and Awards Stock Options Exercised Treasury Stock Purchased Balance at December 31 238,914,988 241,008,509 242,268,903 defer payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly periods provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity date. If interest is deferred on the Subordinated Debentures, distributions on the Series A and B Securities will also be deferred and the Corporation will not be permitted, to certain exceptions, to pay or declare any cash distributions with respect to the Corporation’s capital stock or debt securities that to the Subordinated Debentures, until all past due distributions are paid. The Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and subordinated to substantially all of the Corporation’s existing indebtedness. rank the same as or subject junior The Corporation has the right to redeem the Series A and Series B Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, at a price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The following table summarizes the book values of the outstanding Subordinated Debentures as of December 31, 2012 and 2011: (In Millions) DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 NTC Capital I Subordinated Debentures due January 15, 2027 $153.9 $153.8 NTC Capital II Subordinated Debentures due April 15, 2027 Total Subordinated Debentures 123.1 123.1 $277.0 $276.9 Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity Preferred Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue 10.0 million shares of preferred stock without par value. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to fix the particular preferences, rights, qualifications and restrictions for each series of preferred stock issued. There was no preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2012 or 2011. 96 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 15 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) The following tables summarize the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, and changes during the years then ended. (In Millions) Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Net Foreign Currency Adjustments Net Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012 $ 101.0 (1.4) 10.5 (393.1) NET CHANGE $ 61.2 5.6 20.0 (24.2) BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011 $ 39.8 (7.0) (9.5) (368.9) NET CHANGE $ 53.3 (18.4) (2.5) (72.7) BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 $ (13.5) 11.4 (7.0) (296.2) NET CHANGE $ 28.2 37.6 (18.3) 8.8 BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 $ (41.7) (26.2) 11.3 (305.0) Total $(283.0) $ 62.6 $(345.6) $(40.3) $(305.3) $ 56.3 $(361.6) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, BEFORE TAX 2012 TAX EFFECT AFTER TAX BEFORE TAX 2011 TAX EFFECT AFTER TAX BEFORE TAX 2010 TAX EFFECT AFTER TAX (In Millions) Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale Noncredit-Related Unrealized Losses on Securities OTTI $ 15.7 $ (5.9) $ 9.8 $ 10.2 $ (3.6) $ 6.6 $ 33.0 $(12.2) $ 20.8 Other Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale 96.2 (36.1) 60.1 61.6 (23.4) 38.2 (8.8) 3.4 (5.4) Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses Included in Net Income (13.9) 5.2 (8.7) 13.5 (5.0) 8.5 20.2 (7.4) 12.8 Net Change Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses $ 98.0 $(36.8) $ 61.2 $ 85.3 $(32.0) $ 53.3 $ 44.4 $(16.2) $ 28.2 $ 3.2 $ (0.6) $ 2.6 $ (23.6) $ 8.8 $(14.8) $ 46.7 $(17.1) $ 29.6 Included in Net Income 4.8 (1.8) 3.0 (5.6) 2.0 (3.6) 12.6 (4.6) 8.0 Net Change Foreign Currency Adjustments $ 8.0 $ (2.4) $ 5.6 $ (29.2) $ 10.8 $(18.4) $ 59.3 $(21.7) $ 37.6 Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments Net Investment Hedge Gain (Losses) $ 37.9 (33.7) $ 3.1 12.7 $ 41.0 (21.0) $ (7.0) 25.7 $ – (21.2) $ (7.0) 4.5 $(56.9) 60.9 $ – (22.3) $(56.9) 38.6 Net Change Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments Net Actuarial Loss Prior Service Benefit Reclassification Adjustment for Losses Included in Net Income Net Change $ 4.2 $ 15.8 $ 20.0 $ 18.7 $(21.2) $ (2.5) $ 4.0 $(22.3) $(18.3) $(62.8) – $ 15.8 – $(47.0) – $(158.2) 7.7 $ 61.3 (2.9) $(96.9) 4.8 $(16.4) – $ 9.3 – $ (7.1) – 33.9 (11.1) 22.8 30.2 (10.8) 19.4 25.0 (9.1) 15.9 $(28.9) $ 4.7 $(24.2) $(120.3) $ 47.6 $(72.7) $ 8.6 $ 0.2 $ 8.8 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 97 Note 16 – Net Income Per Common Share The computations of net income per common share are presented below. ($ In Millions Except Per Common Share Information) BASIC NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding Net Income Applicable to Common Stock Less: Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities Earnings Allocated to Common Shares Outstanding Basic Net Income Per Common Share DILUTED NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding Plus Dilutive Effect of Share-based Compensation Average Common and Potential Common Shares Earnings Allocated to Common and Potential Common Shares Diluted Net Income Per Common Share N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S 2012 2011 2010 $ 240,417,805 687.3 10.0 677.3 2.82 $ 241,401,310 603.6 7.1 596.5 2.47 $ 242,028,776 669.5 5.6 663.9 2.74 240,417,805 463,439 241,401,310 410,074 242,028,776 473,755 240,881,244 241,811,384 242,502,531 $ 677.3 2.81 $ 596.5 2.47 $ 663.9 2.74 Note: Common stock equivalents totaling 12,158,601 , 13,240,787, and 8,392,686 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted net income per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. Note 17 – Net Interest Income The components of net interest income were as follows: (In Millions) Interest Income Loans and Leases Securities – Taxable – Non-Taxable Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Total Interest Income Interest Expense Deposits Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase Other Borrowings Senior Notes Long-Term Debt Floating Rate Capital Debt Total Interest Expense Net Interest Income 2012 2011 2010 $ 828.6 250.6 17.7 176.4 14.4 $ 938.7 223.6 25.0 192.8 28.5 $ 932.6 186.0 29.5 134.6 14.0 $1,287.7 $1,408.6 $1,296.7 $ 156.7 1.2 0.4 4.0 72.0 60.3 2.8 $ 230.0 1.9 0.7 5.5 64.4 94.6 2.4 $ 201.0 4.8 1.0 5.4 48.6 114.8 2.4 $ 297.4 $ 399.5 $ 378.0 $ 990.3 $1,009.1 $ 918.7 98 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 18 – Other Operating Income The components of other operating income were as follows: income tax rates. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: (In Millions) Loan Service Fees Banking Service Fees Other Income 2012 2011 2010 $ 64.5 55.0 35.4 $ 68.9 54.9 34.3 $ 60.3 57.3 28.7 Total Other Operating Income $154.9 $158.1 $146.3 Note 19 – Other Operating Expense The components of other operating expense were as follows: (In Millions) Business Promotion FDIC Insurance Premiums Staff Related Other Intangibles Amortization Other Expenses 2012 2011 2010 $ 87.8 25.4 41.9 20.3 107.5 $ 82.1 29.3 37.6 17.5 100.6 $ 81.0 33.9 37.4 14.4 103.3 Total Other Operating Expense $282.9 $267.1 $270.0 Note 20 – Income Taxes The following table reconciles the total provision for income taxes recorded in the consolidated statement of income with the amounts computed at tax rate of 35%. the statutory federal (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 Tax at Statutory Rate Tax Exempt Income Leveraged Lease Adjustments Foreign Tax Rate Differential State Taxes, net Other $347.3 (8.0) (12.0) (27.1) 20.4 (15.6) $309.3 (9.9) (4.7) (21.3) 22.8 (16.1) $346.4 (10.8) (0.8) (20.1) 17.3 (11.7) Provision for Income Taxes $305.0 $280.1 $320.3 state, various The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, and foreign jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal tax authorities for years before 2008, or non- U.S. tax authorities for years before 2006. The Corporation is no longer subject to income tax examinations by state or local tax authorities for years before 1997. Included in other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $19.4 million and $17.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. If recognized, 2012 and 2011 net income would increased by $16.3 million and $14.5 million, have respectively, resulting in a decrease of those years’ effective (In Millions) Balance at January 1 Additions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years Reductions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years Reductions Resulting from Expiration of Statutes Reductions Resulting from Settlements with Taxing Authorities Balance at December 31 2012 2011 $17.8 4.6 (1.2) (1.8) $ 89.9 2.2 (5.2) (0.9) – (68.2) $19.4 $ 17.8 Included in unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2011 were $66.7 million of U.S. federal and state tax positions related to leveraged leasing tax deductions. As a result of the settlement agreement reached in 2011, this balance was fully eliminated as of December 31, 2011. Other unrecognized tax benefits had net decreases of $5.4 million, resulting in a remaining balance of $17.8 million at December 31, 2011. Other unrecognized tax benefits had net increases of $1.6 million, resulting in a remaining balance of $19.4 million at December 31, 2012. It is possible that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could occur in the next 12 months due to changes in judgment related to recognition or authorities, or settlements with taxing measurement, expiration of statute of limitations. Management does not believe that future changes, if any, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust, although they could have a material effect on operating results for a particular period. revisions GAAP requires a reallocation of lease income from the inception of a leveraged lease if during its term the expected timing of lease related income tax deductions is revised. The impacts of to management’s assumptions are recorded through earnings in the period in which the assumptions change. As a result of the settlement agreement reached in 2011, revisions were made to cash flow estimates regarding the timing and amount of leveraged lease income tax deductions which increased interest income by $7.0 million and reduced the provision for income taxes, inclusive of interest and penalties, by $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, revised cash flow estimates regarding the timing and amount of leveraged lease income tax deductions reduced interest income by $0.9 million and reduced the provision for income taxes, inclusive of interest and penalties, by $0.8 million. The provision for income tax in 2012 includes a $12.4 million tax benefit realized primarily in connection with the resolution of certain leveraged lease related matters. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 99 Provisions for interest and penalties of $0.4 million, net of tax, were included in the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, $1.2 million of benefits associated with interest and penalties, net of tax, were included in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability for the potential payment of interest and penalties totaled $9.0 million and $9.1 million, net of tax, respectively. that to the extent Pre-tax earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. taxation when effectively repatriated. Northern Trust provides income taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. those earnings are subsidiaries, except indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Northern Trust elected to indefinitely reinvest $137.4 million, $105.9 million, and $102.8 million of 2012, 2011, and 2010 earnings, respectively, of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and, therefore, no U.S. deferred income taxes were recorded on those earnings. As of December 31, 2012, the cumulative amount of undistributed pre-tax earnings in these subsidiaries approximated $814.9 million. Based on the current U.S. federal income tax rate, an additional deferred tax liability of approximately $180.2 million would have been required as of December 31, 2012 if Northern Trust had not elected to indefinitely reinvest those earnings. The components of the consolidated provision for income taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 are as follows: (In Millions) Current Tax Provision: Federal State Non-U.S. Total Deferred Tax Provision: Federal State Non-U.S. Total 2012 2011 2010 $140.5 21.4 63.4 $113.6 15.1 54.2 $220.0 21.8 66.4 $225.3 $182.9 $308.2 $ 66.0 10.6 3.1 $ 84.0 11.3 1.9 $ 6.2 5.2 0.7 79.7 97.2 12.1 Provision for Income Taxes $305.0 $280.1 $320.3 In addition to the amounts shown above, tax charges (benefits) have been recorded directly to stockholders’ equity for the following items: (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 Current Tax Benefit for Employee Stock Options and Other Stock-Based Plans Tax Effect of Other Comprehensive Income $ 2.3 18.7 $ 0.6 (5.2) $ (1.2) 60.0 100 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Deferred taxes result from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax liabilities and assets have been computed as follows: (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 DECEMBER 31, Deferred Tax Liabilities: Lease Financing Software Development Accumulated Depreciation Compensation and Benefits State Taxes, net Other Liabilities $409.1 277.8 19.7 29.7 54.7 170.9 $398.2 254.9 48.6 7.1 52.4 137.6 $382.4 197.2 40.7 23.3 41.7 41.1 Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities 961.9 898.8 726.4 Deferred Tax Assets: Allowance for Credit Losses Visa Indemnification Other Assets Gross Deferred Tax Assets Valuation Reserve Deferred Tax Assets, net of Valuation 114.7 – 114.5 229.2 – 114.5 – 150.0 264.5 – 124.7 8.1 51.3 184.1 – Reserve 229.2 264.5 184.1 Net Deferred Tax Liabilities $732.7 $634.3 $542.3 No valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2012, 2011, or 2010, as management believes it is more likely that not that the deferred tax assets will be fully realized. At December 31, 2012, Northern Trust had no net operating loss carryforwards. Note 21 – Employee Benefits its subsidiaries provide The Corporation and certain of various benefit programs, including defined benefit pension, postretirement health care, and defined contribution plans. A description of each major plan and related disclosures are provided below. Pension. A noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all U.S. employees of Northern Trust. Employees of various European subsidiaries participate in local defined benefit plans, although those plans were closed in prior years to new participants and have been closed to future benefit accruals, effective in 2010. Northern Trust a noncontributory also maintains supplemental pension plan for participants whose retirement benefit payments under the U.S. plan are expected to exceed the limits imposed by federal tax law. Northern Trust has a nonqualified trust, referred to as a “Rabbi” Trust, used to hold assets designated for the funding of benefits in excess of those N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S permitted in certain of its qualified retirement plans. This arrangement offers participants a degree of assurance for payment of benefits in excess of those permitted in the related qualified plans. As the “Rabbi” Trust assets remain subject to the claims of creditors and are not the property of the employees, they are accounted for as corporate assets and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Total assets in the “Rabbi” Trust related to the nonqualified pension plan at December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $81.9 million and $71.4 million, respectively. Benefit levels under the U.S. qualified and supplemental plans have been modified by Plan Amendments effective April 1, 2012. The amendments reduced the projected benefit obligations for these plans by $7.7 million at December 31, 2011. U.S. qualified and supplemental plan expense in 2012 and future periods reflect the modified benefit levels. The following tables set forth the status, amounts included in AOCI, and net periodic pension expense of the U.S. plan, non- U.S. plans, and supplemental plan for 2012, 2011, and 2010. Prior service costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 10 years for the U.S. plan and 9 years for the supplemental plan. P L A N S T A T U S ($ In Millions) 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 Accumulated Benefit Obligation $ 918.0 $ 797.6 $158.1 $127.1 $ 98.9 $ 89.9 U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN Projected Benefit Obligation Plan Assets at Fair Value Funded Status at December 31 Weighted-Average Assumptions: 1,030.4 1,277.7 904.6 1,094.1 158.1 133.9 127.1 123.3 106.4 – 100.3 – $ 247.3 $ 189.5 $ (24.2) $ (3.8) $(106.4) $(100.3) Discount Rates Rate of Increase in Compensation Level Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets 4.25% 4.02 7.75 4.75% 4.02 8.00 4.42% N/A 4.76 5.02% N/A 5.28 4.25% 4.02 N/A 4.75% 4.02 N/A A M O U N T S I N C L U D E D I N A C C U M U L A T E D O T H E R C O M P R E H E N S I V E I N C O M E U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN (In Millions) Net Actuarial Loss Prior Service Cost Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Income Tax Effect 2012 $507.4 (4.0) 503.4 189.6 2011 $490.4 (4.4) 486.0 183.1 2012 $46.8 – 46.8 5.8 Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income $313.8 $302.9 $41.0 2011 $24.8 – 24.8 3.7 $21.1 2012 $71.4 2.1 73.5 27.7 $45.8 N E T P E R I O D I C P E N S I O N E X P E N S E U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN ($ In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 $ 35.3 41.4 (87.0) – 34.3 (0.4) $ 42.8 40.8 (78.8) – 26.0 1.6 $ 37.9 36.9 (73.2) – 20.0 1.6 $ 2012 – 6.2 (6.8) – 0.7 – 2011 $ – 6.5 (8.3) – 0.2 – 2010 $ 1.8 6.9 (8.3) (2.2) 0.5 – 2012 $ 3.0 4.5 N/A – 6.1 0.6 2011 $ 3.2 4.4 N/A – 5.6 0.4 2011 $66.4 2.7 69.1 26.0 $43.1 2010 $ 3.2 4.8 N/A – 6.0 0.1 $ 23.6 $ 32.4 $ 23.2 $ 0.1 $ (1.6) $ (1.3) $14.2 $13.6 $14.1 4.75% 5.50% 6.00% 5.02% 5.58% 6.05% 4.75% 5.50% 6.00% 4.02 8.00 4.02 8.00 4.02 8.00 N/A 5.28 N/A 6.27 4.31 6.60 4.02 N/A 4.02 N/A 4.02 N/A N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 101 Service Cost Interest Cost Expected Return on Plan Assets Gain on Plan Curtailment Amortization: Net Loss Prior Service Cost Net Periodic Pension Expense (Benefit) Weighted-Average Assumptions: Discount Rates Rate of Increase in Compensation Level Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets Pension expense for 2013 is expected to include approximately $50.1 million and $0.1 million related to the amortization of net loss and prior service cost balances, respectively, from AOCI. C H A N G E I N P R O J E C T E D B E N E F I T O B L I G A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) Beginning Balance Service Cost Interest Cost Actuarial Loss Benefits Paid Plan Amendment Foreign Exchange Rate Changes Ending Balance U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN 2012 $ 904.6 35.3 41.4 96.6 (47.5) – – $1,030.4 2011 $762.9 42.8 40.8 108.8 (41.3) (9.4) – $904.6 2012 $127.1 – 6.2 24.8 (6.1) – 6.1 $158.1 2011 $116.1 – 6.5 8.0 (2.5) – (1.0) $127.1 2012 $100.3 3.0 4.5 10.9 (12.3) – – $106.4 2011 $ 86.9 3.2 4.4 15.4 (11.3) 1.7 – $100.3 E S T I M A T E D F U T U R E B E N E F I T P A Y M E N T S (In Millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018-2022 U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN $ 75.2 73.5 76.7 80.4 81.8 411.3 $ 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.0 19.4 $ 8.1 8.3 9.2 9.5 9.9 49.4 C H A N G E I N P L A N A S S E T S (In Millions) 2012 2011 2012 2011 U.S. PLAN NON-U.S. PLANS Fair Value of Assets at Beginning of Period Actual Return on Assets Employer Contributions Benefits Paid Foreign Exchange Rate Changes Fair Value of Assets at End of Period $1,094.1 131.1 100.0 (47.5) $ 982.1 53.3 100.0 (41.3) $123.3 11.3 – (6.1) $122.2 4.5 – (2.5) – – 5.4 (0.9) $1,277.7 $1,094.1 $133.9 $123.3 The minimum required contribution for the U.S. qualified plan in 2013 is estimated to be zero and the maximum deductible contribution is estimated at $185.0 million. A total return investment strategy approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan whereby a mix of U.S. and non-U.S. equities, fixed income and alternative asset investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. This is accomplished by diversifying the portfolio across various asset classes, with the goal of reducing volatility of return, and among various issuers of securities to reduce principal risk. Northern Trust utilizes an asset/liability methodology to determine the investment policies that will best meet its short and long-term objectives. The process is performed by modeling current and alternative strategies for asset allocation, funding policy and 102 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N actuarial methods and assumptions. The financial modeling uses projections of expected capital market returns and expected volatility of those returns to determine alternative asset mixes having the greatest probability of meeting the plan’s investment objectives. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming growth in plan liabilities over the long run. The target allocation of plan assets since May 2012, by major asset category, is 26% U.S. stocks, 21% non-U.S. stocks, 35% long duration fixed income securities, and 18% alternative investments, split between private equity funds (5%), hedge funds (5%), global real estate (5%) and commodities (3%). Equity investments include common stocks that are listed on an exchange and investments in comingled funds that invest primarily in publicly traded equities. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and divided by investment style and market capitalization. Fixed income securities held include U.S. treasury securities and investments in comingled funds that invest in a diversified blend of longer duration fixed income securities. Alternative investments, including private equity, hedge funds, global real estate, and commodities, are used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Private investments in limited equity assets consist primarily of partnerships that invest in individual companies in the form of non-public equity or non-public debt positions. Direct or co- investment in non-public stock by the plan is prohibited. The plan’s private equity investments are limited to 20% of the total limited partnership and the maximum allowable loss cannot exceed the commitment amount. The plan holds one investment in a hedge fund of funds, which invests, either directly or indirectly, in a diversified portfolio of funds or other pooled investment vehicles. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Investment in global real estate is designed to provide stable income returns and added diversification based upon the historical low correlation between real estate and equity or fixed income investments. The plan’s global real estate assets consist of one collective index fund that invests in a diversified portfolio of global real estate investments, primarily equity securities. than Commodities also improve portfolio diversification as to changing economic fundamentals they tend to react assets. Because differently commodity prices inflation, investments in commodities are also likely to provide an offset against inflation. Commodity assets include an investment in one mutual fund that invests in commodity-linked derivative instruments, backed by a portfolio of fixed income securities. traditional typically rise with rising financial Though not a primary strategy for meeting the plan’s objectives, derivatives may be used from time to time, depending on the nature of the asset class to which they relate, to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner, to hedge foreign currency exposure or interest rate risk, or to alter the duration of a portfolio. There were no derivatives held by the plan at December 31, 2012 or 2011. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements, periodic asset/liability studies, and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. Standards used to evaluate the plan’s investment manager performance include, but are not limited to, the achievement of objectives, operation within guidelines and policy, and comparison against a relative benchmark. In addition, each manager of the investment funds held by the plan is ranked against a universe of peers and compared to a relative benchmark. Total plan performance analysis includes an analysis of the market environment, asset allocation impact on performance, risk and return relative to other ERISA plans, and manager impacts upon plan performance. The following describes the hierarchy of inputs used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for plan assets measured at fair value. Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 1 investments include foreign and domestic common stocks, a commodity return strategy fund, and mutual funds. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 1 investments are exchange traded and are valued at the closing price reported by the respective exchanges on the day of valuation. Share prices of the funds, referred to as a fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV), are calculated daily based on the closing market prices and accruals of securities in the fund’s total portfolio (total value of the fund) divided by the number of fund shares currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the mutual and collective trust fund shares occur by contract at the respective fund’s redemption date NAV. Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 2 assets include foreign preferred stocks, U.S. government securities, and collective trust funds. U.S. government securities are valued by a third party pricing source that incorporates market observable data such as reported sales of similar securities, broker quotes and reference data. The inputs used are based on observable data in active markets. The NAVs of the funds are calculated monthly based on the closing market prices and accruals of securities in the fund’s total portfolio (total value of the fund) divided by the number of fund shares currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the mutual and collective trust fund shares occur by contract at the respective fund’s redemption date NAV. Level 3 inputs – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 3 assets are private equity and hedge funds which invest in underlying groups of investment funds or other pooled investment vehicles that are selected by the respective funds’ investment managers. The investment funds and the underlying investments held by these investment funds are valued at fair value. In determining the fair value of fund’s the underlying investments of investment manager or general partner takes into account the estimated value reported by the underlying funds as well as any other considerations that may, in their judgment, increase or decrease such estimated value. each fund, the N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 103 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S The following table presents the changes in Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. PRIVATE EQUITY FUNDS HEDGE FUND (In Millions) 2012 2011 2012 2011 Fair Value at January 1 Actual Return on Plan Assets Purchases Sales Settlements $45.5 2.5 4.3 (4.9) – $33.5 7.8 7.0 (2.8) – $29.2 1.0 – – – $29.7 (0.5) – – – Fair Value at December 31 $47.4 $45.5 $30.2 $29.2 Note: The return on plan assets represents the change in the unrealized gain (loss) on assets still held at December 31. A building block approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets and long-term historical relationships between equities, fixed income and other asset classes are studied using the widely-accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long-run. Current market factors such as inflation expectations and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The established with long-term portfolio rate of consideration given to diversification and rebalancing. The rate is reviewed against peer data and historical returns to verify the return is reasonable and appropriate. Based on this approach and the plan’s target asset allocation, the expected long-term rate of return on assets as of the plan’s December 31, 2012 measurement date was set at 7.75%. return is Postretirement Health Care. Northern Trust maintains an unfunded postretirement health care plan under which those employees who retire at age 55 or older under the provisions of the U.S. defined benefit plan and had attained 15 years of service as of December 31, 2011 may be eligible for subsidized postretirement health care coverage. The provisions of this plan may be changed further at the discretion of Northern Trust, which also reserves the right to terminate these benefits at any time. The net periodic postretirement benefit for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes the effect of Northern Trust’s decision to enroll in an Employee Group Waiver Plan (EGWP) beginning in January 2013. Participation in the EGWP will allow Northern Trust to offer substantially the same eligible participants while increasing subsidy reimbursements received by Northern Trust from the U.S. government. This action prescription benefits postretirement to While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for plan assets are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. different methodologies the use of The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan assets, by major asset category, and their level within the fair value hierarchy defined by GAAP as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. (In Millions) LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 2012 Preferred and Common Stock U.S. Non-U.S. Fixed Income – U.S. Government Other Investments Mutual Funds Commodity Linked Fund Collective Trust Funds Short-Term Investment Fund Global Real Estate Fund Government Agencies Fund Emerging Market Fund Private Equity Funds Hedge Fund Cash and Other $111.5 $ 53.6 – $ 2.3 – $ 111.5 55.9 – – 142.4 – 142.4 194.7 37.5 – – – – – – – 5.3 – – 195.6 76.4 49.4 294.2 37.2 – – – – – – – – – – 47.4 30.2 – 194.7 37.5 195.6 76.4 49.4 294.2 37.2 47.4 30.2 5.3 Total Assets at Fair Value $402.6 $797.5 $77.6 $1,277.7 (In Millions) LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 2011 Preferred and Common Stock U.S. Non-U.S. Fixed Income – U.S. Government Other Investments Mutual Funds Commodity Linked Fund Collective Trust Funds Short-Term Investment Fund Global Real Estate Fund Emerging Markets Fund Private Equity Funds Hedge Fund Cash and Other $ 99.4 41.0 $ – 1.9 $ – 292.0 – – – 159.5 34.3 – – – – – – 1.4 – – 208.3 110.4 38.1 33.1 – – – – – – – – – 45.5 29.2 – $ 99.4 42.9 292.0 159.5 34.3 208.3 110.4 38.1 33.1 45.5 29.2 1.4 Total Assets at Fair Value $335.6 $683.8 $74.7 $1,094.1 104 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S served to reduce the postretirement health care plan liability by approximately $26.7 million as of January 31, 2012 and increased amortization of the net actuarial gain for the year ended December 31, 2012 by approximately $3.3 million. The following tables set forth the postretirement health care plan status and amounts included in AOCI at December 31, the net periodic postretirement benefit cost of the plan for 2012 and 2011, and the change in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation during 2012 and 2011. P L A N S T A T U S (In Millions) Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation at Measurement Date: Retirees and Dependents Actives Eligible for Benefits Net Postretirement Benefit Obligation 2012 2011 $21.6 9.0 $31.8 22.7 $30.6 $54.5 A M O U N T S I N C L U D E D I N A C C U M U L A T E D O T H E R C O M P R E H E N S I V E I N C O M E (In Millions) Net Actuarial Gain Loss Prior Service Benefit Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Income Tax Effect Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 2012 2011 $ (9.1) (2.9) $10.9 (8.0) (12.0) (4.5) 2.9 1.1 $ (7.5) $ 1.8 N E T P E R I O D I C P O S T R E T I R E M E N T ( B E N E F I T ) E X P E N S E E S T I M A T E D F U T U R E B E N E F I T P A Y M E N T S (In Millions) 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018-2022 TOTAL POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL BENEFITS $ 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 13.8 Net periodic postretirement (benefit) expense for 2013 is expected to include gains of $1.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to the amortization from AOCI of the net gain and prior service benefit. The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 4.25% at December 31, 2012 and 4.75% at December 31, 2011. For measurement purposes, an 8.50% annual increase in the cost of covered medical benefits and an 8.50% annual increase in the cost of covered prescription drug benefits were assumed for 2012. These rates are assumed to gradually decrease until they reach 5.00% in 2018 for medical and 2019 for prescription drugs. The health care cost trend rate assumption has an effect increasing or on the amounts decreasing the assumed health care trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effect. reported. For example, (In Millions) Effect on Postretirement Benefit 1–PERCENTAGE POINT INCREASE 1–PERCENTAGE POINT DECREASE (In Millions) Service Cost Interest Cost Amortization 2012 2011 2010 Obligation $ 0.2 1.3 $ 0.4 2.8 $ 0.8 2.8 Effect on Total Service and Interest Cost Components $0.7 – $(0.7) – Net (Gain) Loss Prior Service Benefit (2.3) (5.1) 1.6 (5.2) 2.0 (5.2) Net Periodic Postretirement (Benefit) Expense $(5.9) $(0.4) $ 0.4 C H A N G E I N A C C U M U L A T E D P O S T R E T I R E M E N T B E N E F I T O B L I G A T I O N (In Millions) Beginning Balance Service Cost Interest Cost Actuarial Loss (Gain) Gross Benefits Paid Medicare Subsidy Plan Change Ending Balance 2012 2011 $ 54.5 0.2 1.3 4.5 (4.1) 0.9 (26.7) $51.3 0.4 2.8 (0.2) (0.4) 0.6 – $ 30.6 $54.5 Defined Contribution Plans. The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain various defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. The Corporation’s contribution includes a matching component. The expense associated with defined contribution plans is charged to employee benefits and totaled $41.0 million in 2012, $39.3 million in 2011, and $46.5 million in 2010. Note 22 – Share-Based Compensation Plans Northern Trust recognizes expense for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other share-based compensation granted to employees and non-employee directors. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 105 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S following a change of control. All options terminate at such time as determined by the Committee and as provided in the terms and conditions of the respective option grants. The weighted-average assumptions used for options granted during the years ended December 31 are as follows: Expected Term (in Years) Dividend Yield Expected Volatility Risk Free Interest Rate 2012 2011 2010 7.5 2.79% 34.0 1.42 7.7 4.56% 43.2 2.94 7.4 4.38% 41.5 2.64 The expected term of options represents the period of time options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants. Dividend yield represents the estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock over the expected term of the options. Expected volatility is determined based on a combination of the historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted. The following table provides information about stock options granted, vested, and exercised in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. (In Millions, Except Per Share Information) 2012 2011 2010 Weighted Average Grant-Date Per Share Fair Value of Stock Options Granted Grant-Date Fair Value of Stock Options Vested Stock Options Exercised Intrinsic Value as of Exercise Date Cash Received Tax Deduction Benefits Realized $11.54 $15.26 $14.45 32.1 27.9 26.7 12.8 32.3 4.6 1.5 5.4 0.5 5.0 16.9 1.7 The following is a summary of changes in nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2012. NONVESTED SHARES Nonvested as December 31, 2011 Granted Vested Forfeited or Cancelled SHARES 5,348,347 1,744,446 (2,027,193) (99,570) WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT- DATE FAIR VALUE PER SHARE $15.48 11.54 15.81 13.65 Nonvested at December 31, 2012 4,966,030 $14.00 Total compensation expense for share-based payment arrangements to employees and the associated tax impacts were as follows for the periods presented: (In Millions) Stock and Stock Unit Awards Stock Options Performance Stock Units Total Share-Based Compensation Expense Tax Benefits Recognized FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $44.0 27.4 2.5 $73.9 $27.7 $36.2 34.1 – $70.3 $26.5 $25.1 27.6 – $52.7 $19.3 As of December 31, 2012, there was $110.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share- based compensation arrangements the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans. That cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years. granted under The Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the 2012 Plan) is administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee (Committee) of the Board of Directors. All employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and all directors of the Corporation are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units and performance stock units. As detailed below, grants are outstanding under the 2012 Plan and The Amended and Restated Northern Trust Corporation 2002 Stock Plan, a predecessor plan (2002 Plan). The total number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock authorized for the 2012 Plan is 30,000,000 plus shares forfeited under the 2002 Plan. As of December 31, 2012, shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan, including shares forfeited under the 2002 Plan, totaled 32,093,120. issuance under The following describes Northern Trust’s share-based payment arrangements and applies to awards under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan, as applicable. Stock Options. Stock options consist of options to purchase common stock at prices not less than 100% of the fair value thereof on the date the options are granted. Options have a maximum ten-year life and generally vest and become exercisable in one to four years after the date of grant. In addition, all options may become exercisable either upon a “change of control” as defined in the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan or, in the case of options issued after September 2012, employment upon certain involuntary terminations of 106 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S A summary of the status of stock options under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended, are presented in the table below. ($ In Millions Except Per Share Information) Options Outstanding, December 31, 2011 Granted Exercised Forfeited, Expired or Cancelled Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012 Options Exercisable, December 31, 2012 the recipient Stock and Stock Unit Awards. Stock or stock unit awards may be granted by the Committee to participants which in the Corporation’s entitle them to receive a payment common stock or cash under the terms of the 2012 Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Each stock unit provides the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock unit that vests. The stock units granted in 2012 predominately vest at a rate equal to 50% on the third anniversary date of the grant and 50% on the fourth anniversary date. Stock and stock unit grants totaled 988,421, 995,176, and 1,223,539, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $43.72, $50.79, and $50.67 per share, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The total fair value of stock and stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, was $21.6 million, $7.1 million, and $19.1 million, respectively. A summary of the status of outstanding stock and stock unit awards under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended, is presented in the table below. ($ In Millions) Stock and Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2011 Granted Distributed Forfeited AGGREGATE INTRINSIC VALUE $115.6 NUMBER 2,914,565 988,421 (423,530) (173,012) Stock and Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2012 3,306,444 $165.9 Units Convertible, December 31, 2012 169,948 $ 8.5 WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE $52.39 43.67 33.76 52.65 $52.53 $54.08 SHARES 17,001,415 1,744,446 (973,270) (2,470,117) 15,302,474 10,336,444 WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING CONTRACTUAL TERM (YEARS) AGGREGATE INTRINSIC VALUE 5.4 4.1 $29.1 $16.8 The following is a summary of nonvested stock and stock unit awards at December 31, 2012, and changes during the year then ended. WEIGHTED AVERAGE GRANT- DATE FAIR VALUE PER UNIT NUMBER 2,809,067 988,421 (487,980) (173,012) $52.33 43.72 52.38 49.13 WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING VESTING TERM (YEARS) 2.4 NONVESTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS Nonvested at December 31, 2011 Granted Vested Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2012 3,136,496 $49.20 2.0 Performance Stock Units. Each performance stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock unit that vests. The number of performance stock units granted that may vest ranges from 0% to 125% of the original award granted based on the attainment of a three-year average return on equity target. Distribution of the award is then made after vesting. During the year ended December 31, 2012, 198,552 performance stock units were granted with a weighted average grant-date fair value of $43.65. Performance stock units outstanding at December 31, 2012 had an aggregate intrinsic value of $10.0 million and a weighted average remaining vesting term of 3.1 years. There were no performance stock units granted in 2011 or outstanding as of December 31, 2011. Non-employee Director Stock Awards. Stock units with a total value of $0.9 million (20,148 units), $1.1 million (22,188 units), and $1.1 million (21,131 units) were granted to non- employee directors in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which vest or vested on the date of the annual meeting of the N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 107 and $1.1 million in 2012, 2011, Corporation’s stockholders in the following years. Total expense recognized in these grants was $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and 2010, respectively. Stock units granted to non-employee directors do not have voting rights. Each stock unit entitles a director to one share of common stock at vesting, unless a director elects to defer receipt of the shares. Directors may elect to defer the payment of their annual stock unit grant and cash-based services as director. termination of compensation until Amounts deferred are converted into stock units representing shares of common stock of the Corporation. Distributions of deferred stock units are made in stock. Distributions of the stock unit accounts that relate to cash-based compensation are made in cash based on the fair value of the stock units at the time of distribution. Note 23 – Cash-Based Compensation Plans Various incentive plans provide for cash incentives and bonuses to selected employees based upon accomplishment of corporate net income objectives, business unit goals, and individual performance. The estimated contributions to these plans are charged to compensation expense and totaled $186.8 million in 2012, $176.7 million in 2011, and $168.4 million in 2010. Note 24 – Contingent Liabilities Legal Proceedings. In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including, but not limited to, actions brought on behalf of various claimants or classes of claimants, regulatory matters, employment matters, and challenges from tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages or adjustments to recorded tax liabilities are asserted. Based on current knowledge, after consultation with legal counsel and after taking into account current accruals, management does not believe that losses, if any, arising from pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation, although such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results for a particular period. Under GAAP, (i) an event is “probable” if the “future event or events are likely to occur”; (ii) an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely”; and (iii) an event is 108 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the Corporation is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the loss for cases for which the upper end of the range of Corporation believes the risk of loss is more than remote. For the reasons set out in this paragraph, the outcome of some matters is inherently difficult to predict and/or the range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated. This may be the case in matters that (i) will be decided by a jury, (ii) are in early stages, (iii) involve uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iv) are subject to appeals or motions, (v) involve significant factual issues to be resolved, including with respect to the amount of damages, or (vi) seek very large damages based on novel and complex the damage Corporation cannot reasonably estimate the eventual outcome of their ultimate resolution, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties, if any, related to each pending matter will be. these pending matters, theories. Accordingly, the timing of and liability legal In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation records accruals for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are estimable. When loss both probable contingencies are not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Corporation does not record accruals. No material accruals have been recorded for pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters. and reasonably For a limited number of the matters for which a loss is reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of an accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible losses for these matters to be approximately $133 million in the aggregate. This aggregate amount of reasonably possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results will vary significantly from the current estimate. In certain other pending matters, there may be a range of reasonably possible losses (including reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued) that cannot be reasonably estimated for the reasons described above. The following is a description of the nature of certain of these matters. As previously disclosed, a number of participants in our securities lending program, which is associated with the servicing business, have commenced Corporation’s asset N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S either individual lawsuits or putative class actions in which they claim, among other things, that we failed to exercise prudence in the investment management of the collateral received from the borrowers of the securities, resulting in losses that they seek to recover. The cases assert various contractual, statutory and common law claims, including claims for breach of fiduciary duty under common law and under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). Based on our review of these matters, we believe we operated our securities lending program prudently and appropriately. At this stage of these proceedings, however, it is not possible for management to assess the probability of a material adverse outcome or reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss. On August 24, 2010, a lawsuit (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities Class Action”) was filed in federal court in the Northern District of Illinois against the Corporation and three of its present or former officers, including the present and former Chief Executive Officers of the Corporation, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of Corporation stock during the period from October 17, 2007 to October 20, 2009. The amended complaint alleges that during the purported class period the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act by allegedly taking insufficient provisions for credit losses with respect to the Corporation’s real estate loan portfolio and failing to make sufficient disclosures regarding its securities lending business. Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages in an unspecified amount. At this stage of the suit, it is not possible for management to assess the probability of a material adverse outcome or reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss. On September 7, 2010, a shareholder derivative lawsuit, purportedly brought on behalf of the Corporation, was filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois against a number of the Corporation’s current and former officers and directors. The Corporation is named as a nominal defendant. The complaint asserts that the individual defendants violated their fiduciary duties to the Corporation based upon substantially the same allegations made in the Securities Class Action complaint. Certain individual defendants are also alleged to have sold some of their holdings of Northern Trust Corporation stock while in possession of material nonpublic information. Plaintiff seeks compensatory damages in an unspecified amount from the individual defendants on behalf of the the Corporation. The only relief sought against Corporation is an order requiring the implementation of certain corporate governance procedures. On December 20, 2011, the court granted the Corporation’s motion to dismiss leave to file an the derivative lawsuit but gave plaintiff amended complaint. Plaintiff elected, instead, to enter into an agreed order staying the derivative suit until the judge in the Securities Class Action rules on the Corporation’s motion to dismiss that complaint. Visa Membership. Northern Trust, as a member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. (Visa U.S.A.) and in connection with the 2007 initial public offering of Visa, Inc. (Visa), received shares of restricted stock in Visa, a portion of which was redeemed pursuant to a mandatory redemption. The proceeds of the redemption totaled $167.9 million and were recorded as a gain in 2008. The remaining Visa shares held by Northern Trust are recorded at their original cost basis of zero and as of December 31, 2012 have restrictions as to their sale or transfer. Northern Trust is obligated to indemnify Visa for losses resulting from certain indemnified litigation involving Visa and has been required to recognize, at its estimated fair value in accordance with GAAP, a guarantee liability arising from such litigation that has not yet settled. During 2007, Northern Trust recorded charges and corresponding liabilities of $150 million relating to Visa indemnified litigation. Subsequently, Visa established an escrow account to cover the settlements of, or judgments in, indemnified litigation. The fundings by Visa of its escrow account have resulted in reductions of Northern Trust’s Visa related indemnification liability and of the future realization of the value of outstanding shares of Visa common stock held by Northern Trust as a member bank of Visa U.S.A. Reductions of Northern Trust’s indemnification liability totaling $23.1 million, $33.0 million, and $17.8 million were recorded in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which combined with a $76.1 million reduction recorded in 2008, fully eliminated the recorded indemnification liability as of December 31, 2011. On October 19, 2012, Visa signed a settlement agreement with plaintiff representatives for binding settlement of the indemnified litigation relating to interchange fees. While the final settlement and ultimate resolution of outstanding Visa selling related litigation and the timing for removal of restrictions on shares owned by Northern Trust are highly uncertain, based upon the settlement terms announced by Visa, Northern Trust anticipates that the value of its remaining shares of Visa stock will be adequate to offset any remaining indemnification obligations related to Visa litigation. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 109 Contingent Purchase Consideration. In connection with acquisitions consummated in 2011, contingent consideration was recorded relating to certain performance-related purchase price contingent fair consideration at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $50.1 million and $56.8 million, respectively. adjustments. The value of the Note 25 – Derivative Financial Instruments Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients; as part of its trading activity for its own account; and as part of its risk management activities. These instruments include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, and credit default swap contracts. Northern Trust’s primary risks associated with these instruments is the possibility that interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or credit spreads could change in an unanticipated manner, resulting in higher costs or a loss in the underlying value of the instrument. These risks are mitigated by establishing limits, monitoring the level of actual positions taken against such established limits, and monitoring the level of any interest rate sensitivity gaps created by such positions. When establishing liquidity and volatility, as well as position limits, market experience in each market, are taken into account. The estimated credit risk associated with derivative instruments relates to the failure of the counterparty and the failure of Northern Trust to pay based on the contractual terms of the agreement, and is generally limited to the unrealized fair value gains and losses on these instruments, respectively. The amount of credit risk will increase or decrease during the lives of the instruments as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or credit spreads fluctuate. This risk is controlled by limiting such activity to an approved list of counterparties and by subjecting such activity to the same credit and quality controls as are followed in lending and investment activities. Credit Support Annex agreements are currently in place with a number of counterparties which risk associated with mitigate the aforementioned credit derivative activity conducted with those counterparties by requiring that significant net unrealized fair value gains be supported by collateral placed with Northern Trust. Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. Derivative assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet were each reduced by $982.5 million and $2,023.6 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as a result of master netting agreements in place. Derivative assets and 110 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S recorded at December 31, 2012 also reflect liabilities reductions of $118.6 million and $425.0 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. This compares with reductions of derivative assets and liabilities of $220.1 million and $257.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Additional cash received from and deposited with derivative collateral counterparties totaling $1.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, of as of December 31, 2012, and $72.3 million and $47.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, were not offset against derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as the amounts exceeded the net derivative positions with those counterparties. the net derivative Certain master netting agreements Northern Trust enters into with derivative counterparties contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash settlement of liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified levels. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position was $178.9 million and $202.0 million on December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cash collateral amounts deposited with derivative counterparties on those dates included $155.4 million and $80.5 million, respectively, posted against these liabilities, resulting in a net maximum amount of termination payments that could have been required at December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $23.5 million and $121.5 million, respectively. Accelerated settlement of these liabilities would not have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust. Foreign exchange contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date, at a specified rate of exchange. Foreign exchange contracts are entered into primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of clients. Foreign exchange contracts are also used for trading purposes and risk management. For risk management purposes, Northern Trust uses foreign exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates relating to certain forecasted non-functional currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, and net investments in non-U.S. affiliates. Interest rate contracts include swap, option, and forward contracts. Interest rate swap contracts involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Northern Trust enters into interest rate swap contracts on behalf of its clients and also utilizes such contracts to reduce or eliminate N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S the exposure to changes in the cash flows or fair value of hedged assets or liabilities due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate option contracts consist of caps, floors, and swaptions, and provide for the transfer or reduction of interest rate risk in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into option contracts primarily as a seller of interest rate protection to clients. Northern Trust receives a fee at the outset of the agreement for the assumption of the risk of an unfavorable change in interest rates. This assumed interest rate risk is then mitigated by entering into an offsetting position with an outside counterparty. Northern Trust may also purchase option contracts for risk management purposes. Northern Trust enters into interest rate forward contracts to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specified interest rate within a specified period of time. These forward contracts are derivative instruments if the loans that will result from the exercise of the commitments will be held for sale. Credit default swap contracts are agreements to transfer credit default risk from one party to another in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into credit default swaps with outside counterparties where the counterparty agrees to assume the underlying credit exposure of a specific Northern Trust commercial loan or loan commitment. Client-Related and Trading Derivative Instruments. In excess of 96% of Northern Trust’s derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, measured on a notional value basis, relate to client-related and trading activities. These activities consist principally of providing foreign exchange services to clients in connection with Northern Trust’s global custody business. However, in the normal course of business, Northern Trust also engages in trading of currencies for its own account. The following table shows the notional and fair values of client-related and trading derivative financial instruments. Notional amounts of derivative financial instruments do not represent credit risk, and are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. They are used merely to express the volume of this activity. Northern Trust’s credit related risk of loss is limited to the positive fair value of the derivative instrument, which is significantly less than the notional amount. (In Millions) Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Option Contracts Interest Rate Swap Contracts Total DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 FAIR VALUE FAIR VALUE NOTIONAL VALUE $213,246.7 31.4 4,915.2 ASSET LIABILITY $1,735.3 – 180.6 $1,730.4 – 174.0 NOTIONAL VALUE $239,901.3 100.5 4,570.4 ASSET LIABILITY $3,062.1 – 188.7 $2,959.8 – 184.6 $218,193.3 $1,915.9 $1,904.4 $244,572.2 $3,250.8 $3,144.4 The following table shows the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments that were recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. (In Millions) Foreign Exchange Contracts Interest Rate Swap and Option Contracts Total LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME Foreign Exchange Trading Income Security Commissions and Trading Income AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/ (LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $206.1 11.6 $217.7 $324.5 5.9 $330.4 $382.2 9.3 $391.5 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 111 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Risk Management Instruments. Northern Trust uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign currency, interest rate, and credit risk. The following table identifies the types and classifications of derivative instruments formally designated as hedges under GAAP and used by Northern Trust to manage risk, their notional and fair values, and the respective risks addressed. (In Millions) FAIR VALUE HEDGES Available for Sale Investment Securities Senior Notes and Long-Term Subordinated Debt CASH FLOW HEDGES Forecasted Foreign Currency Denominated Transactions NET INVESTMENT HEDGES Net Investments in Non-U.S. Affiliates Total DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT RISK CLASSIFICATION NOTIONAL VALUE ASSET LIABILITY NOTIONAL VALUE ASSET LIABILITY DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 FAIR VALUE FAIR VALUE Interest Rate Swap Contracts Interest Rate $3,617.0 $ 3.4 $ 75.1 $2,172.0 $ 2.6 $46.8 Interest Rate Swap Contracts Interest Rate 900.0 126.3 0.2 1,100.0 147.0 0.5 Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Currency 669.0 8.7 11.5 932.9 9.4 27.2 Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Currency 1,451.4 2.3 27.8 1,554.7 12.0 1.5 $6,637.4 $140.7 $114.6 $5,759.6 $171.0 $76.0 In addition to the above, Sterling denominated debt, totaling $242.3 million and $241.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, was designated as a hedge of the foreign exchange risk associated with the net investment in certain non-U.S. affiliates. Derivatives are designated as fair value hedges to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. The following table shows the location and amount of derivative gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of income related to fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/ (LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME DECEMBER 31, (In Millions) Available for Sale Investment Securities Senior Notes and Long-Term Subordinated Debt Interest Rate Swap Contracts Interest Rate Swap Contracts Interest Income Interest Expense Total 2012 $(48.4) 54.3 $ 5.9 2011 $ (56.6) 194.4 $137.8 2010 $(13.3) 78.8 $ 65.5 There was $0.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million of changes recorded within the fair values of hedged items for “long-haul” hedges during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, and $0.3 million, $0.9 million, and $0.1 million of ineffectiveness recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Derivatives are also designated as cash flow hedges in order to minimize the variability in cash flows of earning assets or forecasted transactions caused by movements in interest or foreign exchange rates. There was no ineffectiveness recognized in earnings for cash flow hedges during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, or 2010. As of December 31, 2012, twenty-three months is the maximum length of time over which the exposure to variability in future cash flows of forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions is being hedged. 112 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were $0.2 million of net cash flow hedge derivative losses relating to interest rate swap contracts reclassified from AOCI to interest income; there were no gains or losses reclassified during the year ended December 31, 2011 or 2010. The following table provides cash flow hedge derivative gains and losses relating to foreign exchange contracts that were recognized in AOCI and the amounts reclassified to earnings during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Beginning in 2012, gains and losses associated with forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions are classified in other operating income or other operating expense. (In Millions) Net Gain/(Loss) Recognized in AOCI Net Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Earnings Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Other Operating Income Interest Income Interest Expense Compensation Employee Benefits Equipment and Software Occupancy Expense Other Operating Expense Total During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010, there were $0.2 million of gains and $6.3 million of losses, respectively, relating to net foreign exchange contract amounts that were reclassified into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring. It is estimated that a net loss of $3.1 million will be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months relating to cash flow hedges. Certain foreign exchange and qualifying nonderivative instruments are designated as net investment hedges to minimize Northern Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non- U.S. branches and subsidiaries. For net investment hedges, there was $5.3 million of ineffectiveness recorded for these contracts FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 2011 $(23.6) 2010 $46.7 0.6 (0.1) (1.2) – 3.0 0.9 – 0.5 1.9 7.2 0.2 1.7 0.1 (8.2) (2.1) (0.1) (1.1) (4.0) 2012 $(3.2) – (4.6) – – – – – – – $(4.6) $ 5.6 $ (6.3) hedges during the year ended December 31, 2012 and no ineffectiveness recorded for these hedges during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010. The following table provides net investment hedge gains and losses recognized in AOCI during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. (In Millions) Foreign Exchange Contracts Sterling Denominated Subordinated Debt Total AMOUNT OF HEDGING INSTRUMENT GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN AOCI (BEFORE TAX) 2012 $(24.7) (9.0) $(33.7) 2011 $25.2 0.5 $25.7 Derivatives not formally designated as hedges under GAAP are entered into to manage the foreign currency risk of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, the net investment in certain non-U.S. affiliates, forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions, and the credit risk and interest rate risk of loans and loan commitments. The following table identifies the types and classifications of risk management derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges, their notional and fair values, and the respective risks addressed. (In Millions) Commercial Loans and Loan Commitments Forecasted Foreign Currency Denominated Transactions Commercial Loans Net Investments in Non- U.S. Affiliates Total DECEMBER 31, 2012 DECEMBER 31, 2011 FAIR VALUE FAIR VALUE RISK CLASSIFICATION NOTIONAL VALUE ASSET LIABILITY NOTIONAL VALUE ASSET LIABILITY Credit $ 42.5 $ – $1.0 $ 60.5 $0.7 $0.1 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT Credit Default Swap Contracts Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Currency Foreign Currency 2.2 135.8 Foreign Exchange Contracts Foreign Currency 1,051.8 0.1 1.3 8.9 – 0.7 2.3 127.3 84.3 63.5 2.1 1.3 0.4 2.6 0.3 0.2 $1,232.3 $10.3 $4.0 $335.6 $4.5 $3.2 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 113 The following table provides the location and amount of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 for derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges under GAAP. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S (In Millions) Credit Default Swap Contracts Forward Contracts Foreign Exchange Contracts Total LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME Other Operating Income Other Operating Income Other Operating Income AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN INCOME 2012 $ (2.6) – 11.3 $ 8.7 2011 $ 0.9 0.2 (7.0) $(5.9) 2010 $ (1.7) 0.3 (19.7) $(21.1) Note 26 – Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments The following table shows the contractual amounts of commitments and letters of credit. C O M M I T M E N T S A N D L E T T E R S O F C R E D I T (In Millions) Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit(1) Standby Letters of Credit(2) Commercial Letters of Credit DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $30,045.7 4,573.7 27.9 $28,702.2 4,293.4 23.4 (1) These amounts exclude $406.7 million and $479.8 million of commitments participated to others at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. (2) These amounts include $557.7 million and $608.2 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The weighted average maturity of standby letters of credit was 27 months at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Other Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments. As part of its securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, Northern Trust lends securities owned by clients to borrowers who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Senior Credit Committee. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral required to be posted. Borrowers are required to fully received with cash or marketable collateralize securities securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 subject to indemnification was $69.7 billion and $74.4 billion, respectively. Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is not significant and no liability was recorded related to these indemnifications. Commitments and Letters of Credit. Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, enters into various types of commitments and issues letters of credit to meet the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the potential credit exposure should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as its lending activities. Commitments and letters of credit consist of the following: Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since a significant portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future loans or liquidity requirements. its clients, and private paper, Standby Letters of Credit obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public including commercial initial margin requirements on futures exchanges, and similar transactions. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants. financial bond commitments, financing, Commercial Letters of Credit are instruments issued by Northern Trust on behalf of its clients that authorize a third party (the beneficiary) to draw drafts up to a stipulated amount under the specified terms and conditions of the agreement. Commercial letters of credit are issued primarily to facilitate international trade. 114 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S The Bank is a participating member of various cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations such as The Depository Trust Company in New York. It participates in these organizations on behalf of its clients and on its own behalf as a result of its own activities. A wide variety of cash and securities transactions are settled through these organizations, involving obligations of states and political subdivisions, asset-backed securities, commercial paper, dollar placements, and securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association. including those is As a result of its participation in cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations, the Bank could be responsible for a pro rata share of certain credit-related losses arising out of the clearing activities. The method in which such losses would be shared by the clearing stipulated in each clearing organization’s members membership agreement. Credit exposure related to these agreements varies from day to day, primarily as a result of fluctuations in the volume of transactions cleared through the organizations. The estimated credit exposure at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $81 million and $80 million, respectively, based on the membership agreements and clearing volume for those days. Controls related to these clearing transactions are closely monitored by management to protect the assets of Northern Trust and its clients. Note 27 – Variable Interest Entities Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) are defined within GAAP as entities which either have a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. the property with substantially all of the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee use of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs given it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs. Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the leveraged lease trust VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of its leveraged lease investments. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in loans and leases in the consolidated balance sheet, were $673.6 million and $714.5 million, respectively. Northern Trust’s funding requirements relative to the VIEs are limited to its invested capital. Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose Northern Trust to a loss. invests is driven by the performance of Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust in community development projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and Northern Trust typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the community development projects, which are deemed to be their underlying VIEs, investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any community development projects as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or to affect the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to the lease and typically funds 20% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 80% provided by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with community development projects is limited to the carrying amounts of its investments, including any unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying amounts of these investments, which are N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 115 included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, were $248.2 million and $264.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, liabilities related to unfunded commitments on investments in community development in the projects, which are included in other consolidated balance sheet, were $33.1 million and $44.5 million, respectively. Northern Trust’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the community development projects that would expose it to a loss. liabilities I and NTC Capital through NTC Capital Trust Preferred Securities. As discussed in further detail in Note 13 – Floating Rate Capital Debt, in 1997, Northern Trust issued Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A and Series B, II, respectively, statutory business trusts wholly-owned by the Corporation. The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. NTC Capital I and NTC Capital II are considered VIEs; however, as the sole asset of each trust is a receivable from the Corporation and the proceeds to the Corporation from the receivable exceed the Corporation’s investment in the VIEs’ equity shares, the Corporation is not permitted to consolidate the trusts, even though the Corporation owns all of the voting equity shares of the trusts, has fully guaranteed the trusts’ obligations, and has the right to redeem the preferred securities in certain circumstances. Northern Trust recognizes the subordinated debentures on its consolidated balance sheet as long-term liabilities. Investment Funds. Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. As an asset manager of funds, the Corporation earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs under GAAP. In November 2011, Northern Trust purchased $90 million of securities at par from three investment funds (Funds). The net assets held by the Funds as of December 31, 2011 totaled $16.5 billion. The securities were purchased to avoid the risk of the Funds being downgraded which could have forced certain holders to liquidate their investments. Northern Trust incurred a pre-tax charge of $2 million in connection with these actions and, subsequently, had no further obligations 116 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S related to these actions. All of the $90 million of securities purchased from the Funds matured at par during the year ended December 31, 2012. As Northern Trust has no plans to provide any support additional to that which is noted above, there is no exposure to loss from the implicit interest in the Funds as of December 31, 2012. Under GAAP, the above actions reflected Northern Trust’s implicit interest in the credit risk of the affected Funds. interests are required to be considered when Implicit determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Funds were designed to create and pass to investors interest rate and credit risk. In determining whether Northern Trust was the primary beneficiary of these Funds, an expected loss calculation based on the characteristics of the underlying investments in the Funds was used to estimate the expected losses related to interest rate and credit risk, while also considering the relative rights and obligations of each of the variable interest holders. This analysis concluded that interest rate risk was the primary driver of expected losses within the Funds. As such, Northern Trust determined that it was not the primary beneficiary of the Funds and was not required to consolidate them within its consolidated balance sheet. Note 28 – Pledged and Restricted Assets Certain of Northern Trust’s subsidiaries, as required or permitted by law, pledge assets to secure public and trust deposits; repurchase agreements; Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings; and for other purposes, including support for securities settlement, primarily related to client activities, and for potential Federal Reserve Bank discount window borrowings. On December 31, 2012, securities and loans totaling $27.2 billion ($19.0 billion of government sponsored agency and other securities, $334.0 million of obligations of states and political subdivisions, and $7.9 billion of loans), were pledged. Collateral required for these purposes totaled $3.4 billion. Included in the total pledged assets are available for sale securities with a total fair value of $690.1 million which were pledged as collateral for agreements to repurchase securities sold transactions. The secured parties to these transactions have the right to repledge or sell these securities. Northern Trust is permitted to repledge or sell collateral securities purchased accepted from agreements transactions. The total fair value of accepted collateral as of December 31, 2012 was $35.4 million. There was no repledged or sold collateral as of December 31, 2012. to resell Deposits maintained to meet Federal Reserve Bank reserve requirements averaged $1.1 billion in 2012. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 29 – Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Loans or Advances Provisions of state and federal banking laws restrict the amount of dividends that can be paid to the Corporation by its banking subsidiaries. Under applicable state and federal laws, at a minimum no dividends may be paid in an amount greater than the net or undivided profits (as defined by regulatory agencies) then on hand, subject to other applicable and potentially more restrictive laws that may vary from state to state. Federal Reserve Board rules provide that no state bank that is a Federal Reserve System member may declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, exceeds its net profits for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, unless the dividend has been approved by the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank is subject to this requirement. The Bank is also prohibited under federal law from paying any dividends if the Bank is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividends would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a bank or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, state laws may restrict to different degrees the amount of dividends that may be paid without state regulatory approval. Based on these restrictions, the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries, without regulatory approval, could declare dividends during 2013 equal to their 2013 eligible net profits (as defined by regulatory agencies) plus $328.8 million. The ability of each banking subsidiary to pay dividends to the Corporation may be further restricted going forward as a result of regulatory policies and guidelines, including regulations issued pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, relating to dividend payments and capital adequacy. Under federal law, financial transactions by the Bank, the the banking Corporation’s Corporation and its affiliates that are in the form of loans or investments, guarantees, derivative extensions of credit, subsidiary, with insured reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase transactions, agreements, securities lending or borrowing transactions or purchases of assets, are restricted. Transfers of this kind to the Corporation or a nonbanking subsidiary by the Bank are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus with respect to any single affiliate, and to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus with all affiliates in the aggregate, and are also subject to certain collateral requirements (in the case of credit transactions) and other restrictions on covered transactions. These transactions, as well as other transactions between the Bank and the Corporation or its affiliates, also must be on terms substantially the same as, or at least as favorable as, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms, or under circumstances, including credit standards, that would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. Other state and federal laws may limit the transfer of funds by the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries to the Corporation and certain of its affiliates. Note 30 – Business Units and Related Information and PFS. business units, C&IS Northern Trust is organized around its two principal client- Investment focused management services and products are provided to the clients of these business units and to other U.S. and non-U.S. clients by NTGI. Operating and systems support is provided to each of the business units by the O&T business unit. The revenue and expenses of NTGI are fully allocated to C&IS and PFS. The revenue and expenses of O&T are fully allocated to C&IS, PFS, and Treasury and Other. of their financial performance. C&IS and PFS results are presented to promote a greater understanding The information, presented on an internal management-reporting basis as opposed to GAAP which is used for consolidated financial reporting purposes, derives from internal accounting systems that support Northern Trust’s strategic objectives and management structure. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 117 The following tables show the earnings contribution of ended the years for Northern Trust’s business units December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. C O R P O R A T E A N D I N S T I T U T I O N A L S E R V I C E S R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S T R E A S U R Y A N D O T H E R R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Visa Indemnification Benefit Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit) $ 7.0 $ (22.6) $ (8.9) 121.1 128.1 – 153.1 130.5 (23.1) 94.2 85.3 (33.0) 96.6 117.0 99.0 NONINTEREST INCOME Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income Percentage of Consolidated Net Income $ 1,334.1 $ 1,196.4 $ 1,175.1 Income before Income Taxes (Note) 31.5 36.6 19.3 Trading Income 193.5 315.7 375.3 Provision (Benefit) for Income 193.6 169.7 147.4 280.1 282.5 271.8 2,001.3 (2.1) 1,599.9 1,964.3 (20.5) 1,522.4 1,969.6 (16.1) 1,328.9 Taxes (Note) Net Income Percentage of Consolidated Net Income Average Assets 5.1 (16.7) 4.2 $ 26.4 $ 53.3 $ 15.1 4% 9% 2% $19,153.6 $20,552.7 $13,694.4 C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L I N F O R M A T I O N 403.5 462.4 656.8 (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 114.3 168.3 222.4 $ 289.2 $ 294.1 $ 434.4 42% 49% 65% Average Assets $49,904.0 $47,533.7 $38,749.3 P E R S O N A L F I N A N C I A L S E R V I C E S R E S U L T S O F O P E R A T I O N S (In Millions) 2012 2011 2010 NONINTEREST INCOME Trust, Investment and NONINTEREST INCOME Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Foreign Exchange Trading Income Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Visa Indemnification Benefit Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit) $ 2,405.5 $ 2,169.5 $ 2,081.9 206.1 294.2 1,031.1 3,936.9 25.0 – 324.5 266.8 1,049.3 3,810.1 55.0 (23.1) 382.2 264.9 957.8 3,686.8 160.0 (33.0) 2,878.8 2,854.3 2,530.9 Other Servicing Fees $ 1,071.4 $ 973.1 $ 906.8 Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income 1,033.1 923.9 1,028.9 345.8 320.3 359.4 $ 687.3 $ 603.6 $ 669.5 Average Assets $92,975.5 $91,947.9 $76,008.2 Note: Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $40.8 million, $40.2 million, and $39.1 million, of FTE adjustments for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Foreign Exchange Trading Income Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note) Revenue (FTE) (Note) Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Income before Income Taxes (Note) Provision for Income Taxes (Note) Net Income Percentage of Consolidated Net Income Average Assets 12.6 93.6 8.8 119.7 6.9 126.4 629.9 613.7 591.8 1,807.5 27.1 1,182.3 1,715.3 75.5 1,214.9 1,631.9 176.1 1,103.0 598.1 424.9 352.8 226.4 168.7 132.8 $ 371.7 $ 256.2 $ 220.0 54% 42% 33% $23,917.9 $23,861.5 $23,564.5 118 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Northern Trust’s international activities are centered in the global custody, treasury management, foreign exchange, asset servicing, asset management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern Trust are managed on a business unit basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source income and assets. Non-U.S. source income and assets are not separately identified in Northern Trust’s internal management reporting system. However, Northern Trust is required to disclose non-U.S. activities based on the domicile of the customer. Due to the complex and integrated nature of Northern Trust’s activities, is impossible to segregate with precision revenues, expenses and assets between it U.S. and non-U.S. domiciled customers. Therefore, certain subjective estimates and assumptions have been made to allocate revenues, expenses and assets between U.S. and non- U.S. operations. For purposes of this disclosure, all foreign exchange trading income has been allocated to non-U.S. operations. Interest expense is allocated to non-U.S. operations based on specifically matched or pooled funding. Allocations of indirect noninterest expenses related to non-U.S. activities are not significant, but when made, are based on various methods such as time, space, and number of employees. The table below summarizes international performance based on the allocation process described above without regard to guarantors or the location of collateral. The U.S. performance includes the impacts of benefits totaling $23.1 million and $33.0 million recorded in 2011 and 2010, respectively, from reductions in the Visa indemnification liability. As the Visa indemnification liability was fully eliminated in 2011, there was no benefit recognized in 2012. D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T O T A L A S S E T S A N D O P E R A T I N G P E R F O R M A N C E (In Millions) 2012 Non-U.S. U.S. Total 2011 Non-U.S. U.S. Total 2010 Non-U.S. U.S. Total Note: Total revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income. Note 31 – Regulatory Capital Requirements Northern Trust and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal bank regulatory authorities. Under these requirements, banks must maintain specific ratios of total and tier 1 capital to risk- weighted assets and of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets in order to be classified as “well capitalized.” certain capital The requirements restrictions upon banks that meet minimum capital requirements but are not “well capitalized” and obligate the federal bank regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not maintain such regulatory impose TOTAL ASSETS TOTAL REVENUE INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES NET INCOME $ 29,198.4 68,265.4 $ 992.5 2,903.6 $194.9 797.4 $147.6 539.7 $ 97,463.8 $3,896.1 $992.3 $687.3 $ 28,625.2 71,598.5 $ 1,084.8 2,685.1 $ 284.4 599.3 $ 199.3 404.3 $100,223.7 $ 3,769.9 $ 883.7 $ 603.6 $ 24,472.9 59,371.0 $ 980.9 2,666.8 $ 325.1 664.7 $ 229.3 440.2 $ 83,843.9 $ 3,647.7 $ 989.8 $ 669.5 minimum ratios. Such prompt corrective action could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank had capital ratios above the level required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution and had not received any regulatory notification of a lower classification. Additionally, Northern Trust’s subsidiary banks located outside the U.S. are subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, Northern Trust’s non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above specified minimum requirements. There were no their conditions or since December 31, 2012 that management believes have adversely affected the capital categorization of any Northern Trust subsidiary bank. events N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 119 The table below summarizes the risk-based capital amounts and ratios for Northern Trust and for each of its U.S. subsidiary banks whose net income for 2012 or 2011 exceeded 10% of the consolidated total. N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S ($ In Millions) AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company Tier 1 Capital to Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company Tier 1 Capital to Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets Consolidated The Northern Trust Company ACTUAL MINIMUM TO QUALIFY AS WELL CAPITALIZED AMOUNT RATIO AMOUNT RATIO $8,340.8 7,971.0 14.3% 13.7 $5,831.6 5,803.2 10.0% 10.0 7,489.0 6,904.2 7,489.0 6,904.2 12.8 11.9 8.2 7.6 3,499.0 3,481.9 4,543.7 4,533.9 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 $ 8,065.2 7,763.3 14.2% 13.8 $ 5,666.7 5,630.8 10.0% 10.0 7,104.6 6,602.7 7,104.6 6,602.7 12.5 11.7 7.3 6.8 3,400.0 3,378.4 4,864.9 4,852.2 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel I, are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. The Corporation also is subject to the Basel II framework for risk-based capital adequacy. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have issued final rules with respect to implementation of the Basel II framework. Under the final Basel II rules, the Corporation is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations. As a result, the Corporation and the Bank will be required to use the advanced approaches under Basel II for calculating risk-based capital risk and operational risk, instead of the methodology reflected in the regulations effective prior to adoption of Basel II. The rules also require core banking organizations to have rigorous related to credit processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy. The Corporation has for several years been preparing to II comply with the advanced approaches of framework. The Corporation is also addressing issues related to implementation timing differences between the U.S. and other jurisdictions, to ensure that the Corporation and its depository institution subsidiaries comply with regulatory requirements and expectations in all jurisdictions where they operate. the Basel On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and III liquidity regulation, known as Basel calibration and phase-in arrangements were previously endorsed by the Seoul G20 Leaders Summit in November 2010, and will be subject to individual adoption by member nations, including the U.S. III. The Basel 120 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S Note 32 – Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation only) Condensed financial information is presented below. Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries are carried on the equity method of accounting. C O N D E N S E D B A L A N C E S H E E T (In Millions) ASSETS Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank Time Deposits with Subsidiary Banks Securities Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks Investments in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks – Nonbank – Nonbank Buildings and Equipment Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Senior Notes Floating Rate Capital Debt Other Liabilities Total Liabilities STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Treasury Stock Total Stockholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity C O N D E N S E D S T A T E M E N T O F I N C O M E (In Millions) OPERATING INCOME Dividends – Bank Subsidiaries – Nonbank Subsidiaries Intercompany Interest and Other Charges Interest and Other Income Total Operating Income OPERATING EXPENSES Interest Expense Other Operating Expenses Total Operating Expenses Income before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries Benefit for Income Taxes Income before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries – Banks – Nonbank Net Income Net Income Applicable to Common Stock DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 $ 6.5 1,691.4 4.9 1,035.0 5.0 7,225.6 142.6 3.4 377.7 $ 6.5 1,269.2 97.1 1,035.0 5.0 6,890.6 152.6 3.4 375.5 $10,492.1 $9,834.9 $ 2,405.8 277.0 282.3 2,965.1 408.6 1,012.7 6,702.7 (283.0) (314.0) 7,527.0 $2,126.7 276.9 314.0 2,717.6 408.6 977.5 6,302.3 (345.6) (225.5) 7,117.3 $10,492.1 $9,834.9 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $440.0 26.2 30.0 10.6 506.8 74.9 13.0 87.9 418.9 21.1 440.0 266.9 (19.6) $687.3 $687.3 $500.0 5.1 19.8 13.3 538.2 66.9 12.6 79.5 458.7 24.8 483.5 71.0 49.1 $603.6 $603.6 $ – 67.2 11.4 6.9 85.5 50.8 15.4 66.2 19.3 23.0 42.3 636.9 (9.7) $669.5 $669.5 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 121 C O N D E N S E D S T A T E M E N T O F C A S H F L O W S (In Millions) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net Income Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities: Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries Change in Prepaid Expenses Change in Accrued Income Taxes Other, net Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Change in Time Deposits with Banks Purchases of Securities – Available for Sale Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Available for Sale Change in Capital Investments in Subsidiaries Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries Other, net Net Cash Used in Investing Activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Change in Senior Notes Treasury Stock Purchased Net Proceeds from Stock Options Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock Other, net Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities Net Change in Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at Beginning of Year Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at End of Year N O T E S T O C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 2011 2010 $ 687.3 $ 603.6 $ 669.5 (247.3) (0.9) 34.7 (36.0) 437.8 (422.2) (0.4) 94.3 0.3 – – (328.0) 300.0 (162.4) 106.8 (354.3) 0.1 (109.8) – 6.5 6.5 $ (120.1) 0.2 28.5 (41.1) 471.1 292.1 (91.4) 105.4 (0.5) (750.0) – (444.4) 250.0 (79.0) 75.6 (273.7) 0.1 (27.0) (0.3) 6.8 (620.9) 1.2 61.8 (13.3) 98.3 (77.2) (109.7) 4.7 (204.8) – (0.9) (387.9) 497.2 (5.9) 70.6 (273.2) 1.2 289.9 0.3 6.5 $ 6.5 $ 6.8 122 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N R E P O R T O F I N D E P E N D E N T R E G I S T E R E D P U B L I C A C C O U N T I N G F I R M T H E S T O C K H O L D E R S A N D B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S O F N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N : We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries (Northern Trust) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Northern Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 26, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. chicago, illinois february 26, 2013 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 123 C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T I S T I C S $1,328.5 $84,168.5 1.58% $1,448.8 $82,748.8 1.75% A V E R A G E B A L A N C E S H E E T W I T H A N A L Y S I S O F N E T I N T E R E S T I N C O M E (INTEREST AND RATE ON A FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS) ($ In Millions) AVERAGE EARNING ASSETS 2012 AVERAGE BALANCE INTEREST RATE(3) INTEREST Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing $ 0.5 176.4 13.9 $ 258.0 18,652.2 5,388.8 0.17% 0.95 0.26 $ 0.2 192.8 28.3 Securities U.S. Government Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions Government Sponsored Agency Other(1) Total Securities Loans and Leases(2) Total Earning Assets Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases Cash and Due from Banks Buildings and Equipment Client Security Settlement Receivables Goodwill Other Assets Total Assets AVERAGE SOURCE OF FUNDS Deposits Savings and Money Market Savings Certificates and Other Time Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing Total Interest-Bearing Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Senior Notes Long-Term Debt Floating Rate Capital Debt Total Interest-Related Funds Interest Rate Spread Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing Deposits Other Liabilities Stockholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Net Interest Income/Margin (FTE Adjusted) Net Interest Income/Margin (Unadjusted) Net Interest Income/Margin Components U.S. Non-U.S. Consolidated 23.8 27.4 124.5 127.7 303.4 834.3 2,269.4 421.1 18,381.5 9,821.8 30,893.8 28,975.7 1.05 6.52 0.68 1.30 0.98 2.88 23.4 40.4 102.4 117.8 284.0 943.5 $ $ – – – – – – – 18.3 20.1 118.3 156.7 5.6 72.0 60.3 2.8 297.4 – – – – – $1,031.1 $ 990.3 (296.7) 3,841.8 471.0 492.3 535.2 3,763.4 – – – – – – $92,975.5 –% $14,101.9 2,995.1 37,943.8 55,040.8 3,045.9 2,295.2 1,634.1 277.0 0.13% 0.67 0.31 0.28 0.18 3.14 3.69 1.04 62,293.0 0.48% – 20,179.0 3,145.3 7,358.2 $92,975.5 – – 1.10 – – – – 1.22% 1.18% 1.48% 0.58 1.22% $ $ – – – – – – – 26.0 27.8 176.1 229.9 8.2 64.4 94.6 2.4 399.5 – – – – – $1,049.3 $1,009.1 2011 AVERAGE BALANCE $ 261.0 17,124.5 10,610.2 1,766.5 605.6 14,290.0 9,744.3 26,406.4 28,346.7 RATE(3) 0.09% 1.13 0.27 1.32 6.67 0.72 1.21 1.08 3.33 (305.3) 3,845.3 500.7 429.1 466.0 4,263.3 – – – – – – $91,947.9 –% $14,297.6 3,605.4 39,973.5 57,876.5 4,466.8 1,983.3 2,446.3 276.9 0.18% 0.77 0.44 0.40 0.18 3.25 3.87 0.88 67,049.8 0.60% – 14,569.9 3,304.0 7,024.2 $91,947.9 – – 1.15 – – – – 1.27% 1.22% 1.54% 0.58 1.27% $ 889.3 141.8 $59,907.2 24,261.3 $1,031.1 $84,168.5 $ 911.2 138.1 $59,053.7 23,695.1 $1,049.3 $82,748.8 (1) Other securities include Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. (2) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Lease financing receivable balances are reduced by deferred income. (3) Rate calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet with Analysis of Net Interest Income. Notes: Net Interest Income (FTE Adjusted) includes adjustments to a fully taxable equivalent basis for loans and securities. Such adjustments are based on a blended federal and state tax rate of 37.7%. Total taxable equivalent interest adjustments amounted to $40.8 million in 2102, $40.2 million in 2011, $39.1 million in 2010, $40.2 million in 2009, $49.8 million in 2008. Interest revenue on cash collateral positions is reported above within interest-bearing deposits with banks and within loans and leases. Interest expense on cash collateral positions is reported above within non-U.S. offices interest-bearing deposits. Related cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties is recorded net of the associated derivative contract within other assets and other liabilities, respectively. 124 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T I S T I C S 2010 AVERAGE BALANCE INTEREST RATE(3) INTEREST 2009 AVERAGE BALANCE RATE(3) INTEREST 2008 AVERAGE BALANCE RATE(3) $ 0.5 134.6 13.5 $ 293.9 14,599.7 5,598.2 0.18% $ 0.92 0.24 0.7 209.6 11.6 $ 375.7 15,359.9 4,880.2 0.21% $ 1.36 0.24 37.2 888.2 9.3 $ 1,569.8 21,451.9 1,538.5 2.37% 4.14 0.60 1.1 47.4 116.6 84.7 249.8 937.4 162.0 726.9 11,802.2 7,168.1 19,859.2 27,514.4 0.67 6.52 0.99 1.18 1.26 3.41 0.2 53.5 147.7 76.0 277.4 946.9 41.8 817.5 11,900.4 4,598.1 17,357.8 28,697.2 0.50 6.55 1.24 1.65 1.60 3.30 0.4 56.0 243.1 95.2 394.7 19.2 838.2 8,655.7 2,773.9 12,287.0 1,198.9 27,402.7 2.08 6.68 2.81 3.43 3.21 4.38 $1,335.8 $67,865.4 1.97% $1,446.2 $66,670.8 2.17% $2,528.3 $64,249.9 3.94% $ $ – – – – – – – 34.9 40.4 125.7 201.0 11.2 48.6 114.8 2.4 378.0 – – – – – (313.0) 2,788.4 534.7 399.7 396.3 4,336.7 – – – – – – $76,008.2 –% $ – – – – – – – (275.0) 2,535.8 537.3 419.7 398.4 4,027.2 – – – – – – $74,314.2 –% – – – – – – – (170.0) 3,236.8 495.0 395.1 414.2 4,407.5 – – – – – – $73,028.5 –% $13,049.5 3,704.6 29,968.4 0.27% $ 1.09 0.42 46,722.5 5,849.5 1,509.0 2,821.6 276.8 57,179.4 – 8,860.6 3,333.8 6,634.4 76,008.2 0.43 0.19 3.22 4.07 0.87 0.66 1.31 – – – – 53.7 73.2 80.1 207.0 11.0 44.0 139.9 4.3 406.2 – – – – – $11,162.4 3,879.1 27,157.6 0.48% $ 137.9 92.2 1.89 885.9 0.29 $ 7,786.5 2,739.6 35,958.2 1.77% 3.37 2.46 42,199.1 6,748.7 1,388.6 3,058.5 276.7 53,671.6 – 11,026.9 3,011.6 6,604.1 $74,314.2 0.49 0.16 3.17 4.57 1.54 0.76 1.41 – – – – 1,116.0 77.4 38.6 155.8 11.6 46,484.3 4,609.0 804.1 2,999.9 276.6 1,399.4 55,173.9 – – – – – – 8,814.8 3,933.6 5,106.2 $73,028.5 2.40 1.68 4.80 5.19 4.19 2.54 1.40 – – – – $ 957.8 $ 918.7 – – 1.41% $1,040.0 1.35% $ 999.8 – – 1.56% $1,128.9 1.50% $1,079.1 – – 1.76% 1.68% $ 863.6 94.2 $49,776.5 18,088.9 1.73% $ 859.8 180.2 0.52 $49,270.9 17,399.9 1.75% $ 762.2 366.7 1.04 $41,740.7 22,509.2 1.83% 1.63 $ 957.8 $67,865.4 1.41% $1,040.0 $66,670.8 1.56% $1,128.9 $64,249.9 1.76% N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 125 Q U A R T E R L Y F I N A N C I A L D A T A ( U N A U D I T E D ) STATEMENT OF INCOME 2012 2011 C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L S T A T I S T I C S ($ In Millions Except Per Share Information) Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees Other Noninterest Income Net Interest Income Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Credit Losses Noninterest Expense Provision for Income Taxes Net Income Net Income Applicable to Common Stock PER COMMON SHARE Net Income – Basic – Diluted AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ASSETS Cash and Due from Banks Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest- Bearing Securities(1) Loans and Leases Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Deposits Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing Savings and Money Market Savings Certificates and Other Time Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing Total Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Senior Notes Long-Term Debt Floating Rate Capital Debt Other Liabilities Stockholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME Earning Assets Interest-Related Funds Noninterest-Related Funds Net Interest Income (Fully Taxable Equivalent) Net Interest Margin (Fully Taxable Equivalent) COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND AND MARKET PRICE Dividends(2) Market Price Range – High – Low FOURTH QUARTER THIRD QUARTER SECOND QUARTER FIRST QUARTER FOURTH QUARTER THIRD QUARTER SECOND QUARTER FIRST QUARTER $ 622.6 $ 112.9 601.9 $ 125.0 605.8 $ 128.6 575.2 133.8 $ 541.5 142.3 $ 555.3 159.5 $ 557.8 140.9 $ 514.9 148.6 302.1 67.9 234.2 5.0 741.5 55.5 323.1 77.5 245.6 10.0 696.4 87.3 321.5 67.4 254.1 5.0 717.3 86.6 341.0 84.6 256.4 5.0 723.6 75.6 167.7 $ 178.8 $ 179.6 $ 161.2 167.7 $ 178.8 $ 179.6 $ 161.2 0.69 $ 0.69 0.73 $ 0.73 0.73 $ 0.73 0.66 0.66 354.8 83.0 271.8 12.5 771.7 41.2 130.2 130.2 0.53 0.53 $ $ $ 347.0 90.2 256.8 17.5 701.3 82.4 170.4 170.4 0.70 0.70 $ $ $ 359.7 113.6 246.1 10.0 705.3 77.5 152.0 152.0 0.62 0.62 $ $ $ 347.1 112.7 234.4 15.0 652.9 79.0 151.0 151.0 0.62 0.61 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4,059.3 $ 3,446.6 $ 3,860.7 $ 4,002.5 $ 3,951.4 $ 4,127.5 $ 3,861.7 $ 3,431.6 239.3 18,355.2 285.6 19,215.4 260.3 18,788.9 246.6 18,246.4 246.8 18,848.1 273.4 17,234.8 272.5 16,230.6 251.1 16,153.8 4,118.7 30,991.6 29,180.8 6,113.7 29,865.1 29,046.0 7,685.3 3,643.4 31,458.1 31,270.4 29,057.5 $28,615.6 7,892.1 31,459.7 28,779.7 10,808.5 27,642.6 28,469.1 14,799.6 24,033.2 28,330.9 8,950.1 22,246.4 27,795.0 (298.1) 5,023.7 (297.8) 5,035.3 (298.1) 5,639.8 (293.0) 5,354.3 (293.2) 7,068.2 (300.9) 5,774.7 (308.2) 5,138.8 (319.2) 4,756.9 $91,670.5 $92,709.9 $92,410.6 $95,128.1 $97,952.8 $94,029.7 $92,359.1 $83,265.7 $21,280.4 $20,235.8 $19,720.1 $19,467.2 14,606.8 3,071.4 38,980.8 14,095.6 3,098.3 36,431.2 13,687.1 3,083.6 38,896.8 14,023.4 2,728.9 37,461.3 $20,518.6 14,919.1 3,283.9 40,494.5 $16,851.3 14,137.3 3,625.3 41,688.4 $11,017.4 14,222.9 3,686.9 41,568.4 $ 9,748.8 13,901.7 3,831.3 36,075.3 75,494.0 1,614.2 2,492.6 1,423.7 277.0 2,817.0 7,552.0 75,903.3 2,200.7 2,439.6 1,452.9 277.0 3,014.5 7,421.9 73,345.2 4,165.6 2,119.5 1,674.9 277.0 3,539.6 7,288.8 76,126.2 4,228.2 2,125.2 1,989.4 277.0 3,214.8 7,167.3 79,216.1 2,661.5 2,129.7 2,134.6 276.9 4,345.5 7,188.5 76,302.3 3,003.8 2,015.3 2,179.8 276.9 3,157.1 7,094.5 70,495.6 7,114.6 1,891.9 2,756.9 276.9 2,866.5 6,956.7 63,557.1 5,130.3 1,893.2 2,723.3 276.9 2,832.1 6,852.8 $91,670.5 $92,709.9 $92,410.6 $95,128.1 $97,952.8 $94,029.7 $92,359.1 $83,265.7 60,021.1 $82,885.6 $84,525.8 $83,208.2 $86,064.3 65,278.8 $22,864.5 $22,488.1 $21,346.1 $20,785.5 266.3 61,862.1 62,037.7 256.9 264.3 243.6 $87,226.4 65,900.2 21,326.2 281.3 $84,428.4 66,926.8 17,501.6 266.6 $83,666.8 71,518.5 12,148.3 256.6 $75,396.4 63,832.0 11,564.4 244.9 1.17% 1.21% 1.28% 1.24% 1.28% 1.25% 1.23% 1.32% $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ – $ 50.46 45.93 49.68 43.68 48.31 41.11 $ 0.58 48.15 39.86 $ 0.28 42.70 33.20 $ 0.28 48.53 33.51 0.28 52.57 44.58 $ 0.28 56.86 48.93 (1) Securities include Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. (2) Cash dividends of $0.58 per common share were declared in the first quarter of 2012, comprised of a $0.28 per common share dividend declared January 17, 2012, paid April 2, 2012, and a $0.30 per common share dividend declared March 14, 2012, paid July 2, 2012. Note: The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol NTRS. 126 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N Board of Directors Frederick H. Waddell Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company (6) Linda Walker Bynoe President and Chief Executive Officer Telemat Ltd. Project management and consulting firm (1, 2, 6) Nicholas D. Chabraja Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer General Dynamics Corporation Worldwide defense, aerospace, and other technology products manufacturer (1, 4, 6) Susan Crown Vice President Henry Crown and Company Worldwide company with diversified manufacturing operations, real estate, and securities; Chief Executive Officer Owl Creek Partners, LLP Venture capital investment vehicle; Chairman and Founder Susan Crown Exchange Inc. (SCE) Nonprofit foundation focused on 21st century skill-building (4, 5) Dipak C. Jain Dean (Until March 1, 2013); Dean Emeritus and Marketing Professor (Effective March 1, 2013) INSEAD Educational institution (3, 4, 6) Robert W. Lane Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Deere & Company Worldwide provider of agricultural, construction, and forestry equipment, and financial services (1, 5) Edward J. Mooney Retired Délégué Général – North America Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux Worldwide provider of energy, water, waste, and communications services; Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Nalco Chemical Company Manufacturer of specialized service chemicals (1, 2, 4, 6) Jose Luis Prado President Quaker Foods North America Division of PepsiCo, Inc., a global food and beverage company (2, 3) John W. Rowe Chairman Emeritus Exelon Corporation Producer and wholesale marketer of energy (4, 5, 6) Martin P. Slark Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Molex Incorporated Manufacturer of electronic, electrical, and fiber optic interconnection products and systems (2, 3) David H.B. Smith Jr. Executive Vice President – Policy & Legal Affairs and General Counsel Mutual Fund Directors Forum Nonprofit membership organization for investment company directors (1, 2) Charles A. Tribbett III Managing Director Russell Reynolds Associates Worldwide executive recruiting firm (3, 5) A d v i s o r y D i r e c t o r Sir John R.H. Bond Chairman Xstrata plc Global diversified mining group (2*, 3*) *In an advisory capacity Board Committees 1. Audit Committee 2. Business Risk Committee 3. Business Strategy Committee 4. Compensation and Benefits Committee 5. Corporate Governance Committee 6. Executive Committee N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 127 S E N I O R O F F I C E R S Alan W. Robertson Executive Vice President Client Solutions Group Northern Trust Global Investments David L. Tentinger Executive Vice President Chief Operating Executive Operations & Technology Jason J. Tyler Senior Vice President Head of Corporate Strategy N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N T H E N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O M P A N Y T H E N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O M P A N Y Management Group Operating Group Frederick H. Waddell Chairman and Chief Executive Officer S. Biff Bowman Executive Vice President Head of Human Resources Jeffrey D. Cohodes Executive Vice President Chief Risk Officer Steven L. Fradkin President – Corporate & Institutional Services Timothy P. Moen Executive Vice President Chief Administrative Officer William L. Morrison President and Chief Operating Officer Michael G. O’Grady Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Stephen N. Potter President – Northern Trust Global Investments Jana R. Schreuder President – Personal Financial Services Joyce M. St. Clair President – Operations & Technology Kelly R. Welsh Executive Vice President General Counsel Steven R. Bell President Personal Financial Services – West Aileen B. Blake Executive Vice President Head of Enterprise Productivity David C. Blowers President Personal Financial Services – East Robert P. Browne Executive Vice President Chief Investment Officer Northern Trust Global Investments Peter B. Cherecwich Executive Vice President Head of Global Fund Services Corporate & Institutional Services David W. Fox, Jr. Executive Vice President Head of Americas Corporate & Institutional Services J. Jeffery Kauffman Executive Vice President Head of Global Family & Private Investment Offices Personal Financial Services Wilson Leech Executive Vice President Head of Europe, Middle East, and Africa Corporate & Institutional Services Steve “Mac” MacLellan Executive Vice President Personal Financial Services – Central Scott S. Murray Executive Vice President Chief Technology Officer Operations & Technology Teresa A. Parker Executive Vice President Head of Asia Pacific Corporate & Institutional Services 128 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N C O R P O R A T E I N F O R M A T I O N C O M P A R I S O N O F F I V E - Y E A R C U M U L A T I V E T O T A L R E T U R N The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Corporation’s common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the Keefe, Bruyette & Woods (KBW) Bank Index for the five fiscal years which commenced January 1, 2008 and ended December 31, 2012. The cumulative total stockholder return assumes the investment of $100 in the Corporation’s common stock and in each index on December 31, 2007 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The KBW Bank Index is a modified-capitalization-weighted index made up of 24 of the largest banking companies in the United States. The Corporation is included in the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index. We caution you not to draw any conclusions from the data in this performance graph, as past results do not necessarily indicate future performance. T o t a l R e t u r n A s s u m e s $ 1 0 0 I n v e s t e d o n D e c e m b e r 3 1 , 2 0 0 7 w i t h R e i n v e s t m e n t o f D i v i d e n d s Five-Year Cumulative Total Return 140 100 60 20 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Northern Trust S&P 500 KBW Bank Index Northern Trust S&P 500 KBW Bank Index DECEMBER 31, 2007 100 100 100 2008 2009 2010 2011 69 63 52 71 80 52 77 92 64 56 94 49 2012 73 109 65 N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S | 129 A N N U A L M E E T I N G The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on Tuesday, April 16, 2013, at 10:30 A.M. (Central Time) at 50 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Illinois. S T O C K L I S T I N G The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol NTRS. S T O C K T R A N S F E R A G E N T , R E G I S T R A R , A N D D I V I D E N D D I S B U R S I N G A G E N T Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Shareowner Services 161 North Concord Exchange Street South St. Paul, Minnesota 55075 General Phone Number: 1-800-468-9716 Internet Site: www.shareowneronline.com A V A I L A B L E I N F O R M A T I O N The Corporation’s Internet address is northerntrust.com. Through our website, we make available free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained on the website is not part of the Annual Report. C O R P O R A T E I N F O R M A T I O N 1 0 - K R E P O R T Copies of the Corporation’s 2012 10-K Report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission will be available by the end of March 2013 and will be mailed to stockholders and other interested persons upon written request to: Rose A. Ellis Corporate Secretary Northern Trust Corporation 50 South La Salle Street, M-9 Chicago, Illinois 60603 Q U A R T E R L Y E A R N I N G S R E L E A S E S Copies of the Corporation’s quarterly earnings releases may be obtained by accessing Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com or by calling the Corporate Communications department at 312-444-4272. I N V E S T O R R E L A T I O N S Please direct Investor Relations inquiries to: Beverly J. Fleming, Director of Investor Relations, at 312-444-7811 or beverly_fleming@ntrs.com. N O R T H E R N T R U S T . C O M Information about the Corporation, including financial performance and products and services, is available on Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com. N O R T H E R N T R U S T G L O B A L I N V E S T M E N T S Northern Trust Corporation uses the name Northern Trust Global Investments to identify the investment management business, including portfolio management, research, and trading, carried on by several of its affiliates, including The Northern Trust Company, Northern Trust Global Advisors, and Northern Trust Investments. 130 | 2 0 1 2 A N N U A L R E P O R T T O S H A R E H O L D E R S N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N [ T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I O N A L L Y L E F T B L A N K ] n o r t h e r n t r u s t . c o m The 2012 Northern Trust Corporation Annual Report is printed on 20% recycled paper made from ﬁ ber sourced from well-managed forests and other controlled wood sources and is independently certiﬁ ed to the Forest Stewardship CouncilTM (FSC®) standards. © Northern Trust Corporation N O R T H E R N T R U S T C O R P O R A T I O N 5 0 S O U T H L A S A L L E S T R E E T , C H I C A G O , I L L I N O I S 6 0 6 0 3 N O R T H E R N T R U S T . C O M

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above